1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
91 create_sals_from_location_spec_default (location_spec
*locspec
,
92 linespec_result
*canonical
);
94 static void create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*,
95 struct linespec_result
*,
96 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
97 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
101 int, int, int, unsigned);
103 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
104 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
106 static void mention (const breakpoint
*);
108 static breakpoint
*add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
);
110 static breakpoint
*add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
);
112 static struct breakpoint
*
113 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
115 int loc_enabled
, int thread
);
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
119 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
122 struct program_space
*pspace
);
124 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
125 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
127 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
128 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
129 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
131 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
132 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
136 const address_space
*,
139 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
140 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
142 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
);
144 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
146 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
148 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
150 int *other_type_used
);
152 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
155 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
157 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec
158 (struct breakpoint
*b
,
159 location_spec
*locspec
,
160 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
162 static bool bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
);
164 static int find_loc_num_by_location (const bp_location
*loc
);
166 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
167 insert locations now. */
168 enum ugll_insert_mode
170 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
171 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
172 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
173 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
174 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
175 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
176 returns true on them.
178 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
179 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
180 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
181 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
182 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
183 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
187 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
188 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
191 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
192 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
193 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
194 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
195 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
196 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
197 as no thread is running yet. */
201 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
203 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
205 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
207 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
209 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
211 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
213 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
216 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
218 static void bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
219 (location_spec
*locspec
,
220 struct linespec_result
*canonical
);
221 static void tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
222 (location_spec
*locspec
,
223 struct linespec_result
*canonical
);
225 const struct breakpoint_ops code_breakpoint_ops
=
227 create_sals_from_location_spec_default
,
228 create_breakpoints_sal
,
231 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
232 static const struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
=
234 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
235 create_breakpoints_sal
,
238 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
239 static const struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
=
241 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
242 create_breakpoints_sal
,
245 /* Implementation of abstract dtors. These must exist to satisfy the
248 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
252 code_breakpoint::~code_breakpoint ()
256 catchpoint::~catchpoint ()
260 /* The structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
261 struct ordinary_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
263 using code_breakpoint::code_breakpoint
;
265 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
266 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
267 void print_mention () const override
;
268 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
271 /* Internal breakpoints. These typically have a lifetime the same as
272 the program, and they end up installed on the breakpoint chain with
273 a negative breakpoint number. They're visible in "maint info
274 breakpoints", but not "info breakpoints". */
275 struct internal_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
277 internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
278 enum bptype type
, CORE_ADDR address
)
279 : code_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
)
283 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
284 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
287 pspace
= current_program_space
;
288 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
291 void re_set () override
;
292 void check_status (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
293 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
294 void print_mention () const override
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints. These typically have a lifetime of some run
298 control command only, are always thread-specific, and have 0 for
299 breakpoint number. I.e., there can be many momentary breakpoints
300 on the breakpoint chain and they all same the same number (zero).
301 They're visible in "maint info breakpoints", but not "info
303 struct momentary_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
305 momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
, enum bptype bptype
,
306 program_space
*pspace_
,
307 const struct frame_id
&frame_id_
,
309 : code_breakpoint (gdbarch_
, bptype
)
311 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
312 or tail-called one. */
313 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
315 /* Momentary breakpoints are always thread-specific. */
316 gdb_assert (thread_
> 0);
319 enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
320 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
321 frame_id
= frame_id_
;
325 void re_set () override
;
326 void check_status (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
327 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
328 void print_mention () const override
;
331 /* DPrintf breakpoints. */
332 struct dprintf_breakpoint
: public ordinary_breakpoint
334 using ordinary_breakpoint::ordinary_breakpoint
;
336 void re_set () override
;
337 int breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
338 const address_space
*aspace
,
340 const target_waitstatus
&ws
) override
;
341 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
342 void after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
345 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
346 struct ranged_breakpoint
: public ordinary_breakpoint
348 explicit ranged_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
349 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
,
351 location_spec_up start_locspec
,
352 location_spec_up end_locspec
)
353 : ordinary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
355 bp_location
*bl
= add_location (sal_start
);
358 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
360 locspec
= std::move (start_locspec
);
361 locspec_range_end
= std::move (end_locspec
);
364 int breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
365 const address_space
*aspace
,
367 const target_waitstatus
&ws
) override
;
368 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
369 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
370 bool print_one (bp_location
**) const override
;
371 void print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*) const override
;
372 void print_mention () const override
;
373 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
376 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
377 struct static_marker_tracepoint
: public tracepoint
379 using tracepoint::tracepoint
;
381 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_spec
382 (struct location_spec
*locspec
,
383 struct program_space
*search_pspace
) override
;
386 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
387 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
388 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
389 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
390 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
391 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
393 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
394 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
395 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
396 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
402 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
404 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
405 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
406 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
407 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
409 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
411 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
412 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
413 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
414 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
415 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
416 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
417 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
419 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
421 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
423 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
425 struct command_line
*
426 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
428 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
431 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
432 current breakpoint. */
434 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
437 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
439 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
440 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
442 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
444 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
447 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
448 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
449 if such is available. */
450 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
453 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
458 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
459 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
463 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
464 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
465 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
466 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
467 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
469 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
470 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
474 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
475 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
479 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
480 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
481 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
482 use hardware breakpoints. */
483 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
485 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
486 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
490 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
494 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
495 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
496 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
497 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
498 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
499 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
500 processing user input. */
501 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
504 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
505 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
507 gdb_printf (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
511 /* See breakpoint.h. */
514 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
516 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
518 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
519 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
520 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
525 if (always_inserted_mode
)
527 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
532 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
533 if (inf
->has_execution ()
534 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
537 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
538 stopped, we still have events to process. */
539 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
540 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
546 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
548 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
549 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
550 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
551 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
552 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
553 condition_evaluation_auto
,
554 condition_evaluation_host
,
555 condition_evaluation_target
,
559 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
560 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
562 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
563 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
564 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
566 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
567 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
568 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
572 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
574 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
576 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
577 return condition_evaluation_target
;
579 return condition_evaluation_host
;
585 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
588 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
590 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
593 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
597 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
599 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
601 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
604 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
605 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
607 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
608 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
610 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
611 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
613 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
615 current breakpoint. */
617 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
618 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
619 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
622 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
624 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
626 /* See breakpoint.h. */
631 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
634 /* See breakpoint.h. */
636 breakpoint_safe_range
637 all_breakpoints_safe ()
639 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
642 /* See breakpoint.h. */
647 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
650 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
652 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
654 /* See breakpoint.h. */
656 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
662 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
664 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
666 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
668 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
672 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
673 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
675 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
676 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
679 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
682 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
683 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
686 iterator
begin () const
689 iterator
end () const
697 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
700 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
701 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
703 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
705 for (bp_location *loc : range)
708 for (bp_location *loc : range)
711 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
712 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
713 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
715 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
716 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
718 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
721 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
722 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
723 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
724 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
725 an address you need to read. */
727 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
729 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
730 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
731 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
732 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
733 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
735 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
737 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
738 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
739 reported by a target. */
740 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
742 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
744 static int breakpoint_count
;
746 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
747 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
748 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
749 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
750 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
752 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
754 static int tracepoint_count
;
756 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
757 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
758 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
760 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
762 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
764 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
767 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
770 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
772 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
773 breakpoint_count
= num
;
774 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
777 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
778 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
779 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
781 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
784 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
786 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
789 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
792 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
794 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
797 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
800 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
802 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
807 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
808 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
811 get_breakpoint (int num
)
813 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
814 if (b
->number
== num
)
822 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
823 evaluating conditions on its side. */
826 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
828 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
829 evaluating conditions and if the user has
830 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
836 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
839 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
840 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
843 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
844 evaluating conditions on its side. */
847 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
849 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
850 evaluating conditions and if the user has
851 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
853 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
854 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
858 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
861 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
864 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
865 condition_evaluation_mode. */
868 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
869 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
871 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
873 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
874 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
876 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
877 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
878 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
882 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
883 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
885 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
886 settings was "auto". */
887 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
889 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
890 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
892 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
893 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
895 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
896 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
899 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
901 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
903 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
904 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
908 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
909 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
910 target knows about. */
911 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
912 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
913 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
917 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
923 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
924 what "auto" is translating to. */
927 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
928 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
930 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
932 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
933 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
935 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
937 gdb_printf (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
941 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
942 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
943 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
944 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
947 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
948 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
950 bool has_junk
= false;
953 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
954 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
955 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
959 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
960 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
961 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
962 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
965 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
968 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
972 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
973 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
974 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
977 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
978 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
980 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
981 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
984 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
988 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
992 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
993 int from_tty
, bool force
)
997 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
999 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1000 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
1004 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1007 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
1008 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
1009 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
1010 b
->number
, loc_num
);
1011 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
1014 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1015 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1016 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1021 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1025 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1027 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
1028 const char *arg
= exp
;
1029 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
1031 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1032 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
1033 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
1034 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
1038 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
1039 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
1040 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
1041 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
1042 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
1043 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
1044 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
1045 state of locations in case of a reject. */
1046 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1050 const char *arg
= exp
;
1051 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1052 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1054 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1057 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
1059 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
1060 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
1062 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
1067 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
1069 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1071 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
1076 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
1077 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
1078 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
1079 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1081 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1083 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1086 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1089 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
1092 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1093 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
1095 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1096 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1097 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1098 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1099 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1101 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1103 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1104 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1105 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1107 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
1109 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1110 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1115 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
1118 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
1120 struct condition_command_opts
1123 bool force_condition
= false;
1126 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
1128 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1130 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1131 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1136 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1137 CC_OPTS as context. */
1139 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1140 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1142 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1145 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1148 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1149 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1150 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1152 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1153 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1154 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1155 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1156 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1159 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1160 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1167 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1168 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1169 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1170 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1174 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1175 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1176 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1177 positionally the first argument. */
1178 if (has_no_arguments
)
1179 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1181 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1182 len
= strlen (text
);
1184 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1188 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1190 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1191 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1197 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1198 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1199 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1201 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1202 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1205 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1208 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1214 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1218 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1219 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1220 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1221 gdb::option::process_options
1222 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1224 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1226 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1228 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1231 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1232 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1233 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1236 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1238 struct command_line
*c
;
1240 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1242 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1243 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1244 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1246 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1247 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1249 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1250 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1251 command directly. */
1252 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1253 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1255 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1256 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1260 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public momentary_breakpoint
1262 using momentary_breakpoint::momentary_breakpoint
;
1264 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1267 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1270 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1272 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1273 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1274 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1275 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
);
1278 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1281 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1283 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1286 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1289 template<typename
... Arg
>
1290 static std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
>
1291 new_breakpoint_from_type (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bptype type
,
1299 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
1300 b
= new ordinary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1301 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1304 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
1305 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
1307 b
= new tracepoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1308 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1311 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
1312 b
= new static_marker_tracepoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1313 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1317 b
= new dprintf_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1318 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1322 gdb_assert_not_reached ("invalid type");
1325 return std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
> (b
);
1328 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1329 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1334 struct command_line
*commands
)
1336 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1338 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1339 struct command_line
*c
;
1340 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1342 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1343 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1347 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1348 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1349 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1350 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1351 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1352 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1353 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1354 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1355 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1356 tracepoint's context. */
1357 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1359 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1361 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1362 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1363 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1364 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1365 || b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
1366 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1367 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1370 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1371 "can be used only once"));
1376 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1380 struct command_line
*c2
;
1382 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1383 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1384 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1386 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1387 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1393 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1397 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1398 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1400 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1401 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1403 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1405 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1406 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1407 || b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
1409 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1410 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1411 found
.push_back (b
);
1417 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1418 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1421 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1422 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1424 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1426 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1427 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1430 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1431 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1435 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1437 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1440 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1441 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1444 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1445 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1448 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1450 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1453 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1454 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1457 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1458 breakpoint work for any task. */
1461 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1463 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1466 if (old_task
!= task
)
1467 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1471 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1472 struct command_line
*control
)
1474 counted_command_line cmd
;
1475 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1476 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1477 list of command by just typing "end". */
1478 bool cmd_read
= false;
1480 std::string new_arg
;
1482 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1484 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1485 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1486 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1488 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1489 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1493 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1494 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1495 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1496 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1497 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1500 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1502 map_breakpoint_numbers
1503 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1507 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1508 if (control
!= NULL
)
1509 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1513 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1514 "%s, one per line."),
1517 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1519 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1521 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1522 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1523 validator
= do_validate
;
1525 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1530 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1532 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1534 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1536 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1542 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1544 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1547 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1548 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1550 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1551 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1552 enum command_control_type
1553 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1555 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1556 return simple_control
;
1559 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1562 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1564 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1568 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1569 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1574 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1575 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1578 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1579 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1580 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1583 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1584 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1585 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1586 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1587 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1589 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1590 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1594 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1595 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1597 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1601 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1603 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1604 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1606 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1608 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1613 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1615 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1620 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1621 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1623 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1624 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1625 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1629 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1631 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1632 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1635 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1637 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1638 shadow_contents buffer. */
1639 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1640 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1641 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1643 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1645 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1646 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1650 const unsigned char *bp
;
1651 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1654 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1655 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1656 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1658 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1660 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1662 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1663 breakpoint's INSN. */
1664 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1668 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1669 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1671 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1672 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1673 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1675 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1676 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1677 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1678 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1679 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1680 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1681 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1682 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1684 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1687 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1688 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1689 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1691 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1693 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1695 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1696 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1697 report higher one. */
1700 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1701 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1703 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1705 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1706 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1708 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1709 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1710 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1711 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1713 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1714 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1715 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1717 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1719 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1726 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1727 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1728 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1729 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1730 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1733 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1735 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1736 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1737 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1740 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1743 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1745 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1747 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1749 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1750 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1751 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1754 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1757 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1760 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1763 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1766 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1767 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1771 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1774 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1776 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1777 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1778 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1781 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1784 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1786 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1787 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1788 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1791 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1794 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1796 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1797 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1800 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1801 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1802 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1803 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1804 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1805 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1806 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1807 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1810 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1812 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1813 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1814 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1815 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1818 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1819 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1822 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1824 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1826 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1827 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1828 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1829 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1830 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1832 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1835 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1838 static struct value
*
1839 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1841 struct value
*bit_val
;
1846 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1848 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1851 value_contents_for_printing (val
).data (),
1858 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B. This is required
1859 because bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1863 add_dummy_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1864 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1866 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
);
1868 b
->loc
= new bp_location (b
, bp_loc_other
);
1869 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1872 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1873 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1874 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1875 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1877 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1879 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1880 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1883 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1884 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1885 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1886 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1887 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1888 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1889 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1890 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1892 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1893 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1894 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1895 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1896 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1897 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1898 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1899 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1902 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1903 hardware watchpoints:
1905 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1906 called several times when GDB stops.
1909 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1910 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1911 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1912 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1913 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1914 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1915 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1916 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1917 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1918 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1919 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1921 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1922 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1925 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1927 int within_current_scope
;
1928 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1931 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1932 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1933 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1934 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1937 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1942 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1943 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1944 within_current_scope
= 1;
1947 frame_info_ptr fi
= get_current_frame ();
1948 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1949 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1951 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1952 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1953 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1954 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1955 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1958 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1959 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1960 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1961 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1964 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1966 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1967 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1968 if (within_current_scope
)
1972 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1973 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1974 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1977 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1982 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1983 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1984 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1985 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1986 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1987 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1988 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1989 be completely different objects. */
1991 b
->val_valid
= false;
1993 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1994 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1995 locations (re)created below. */
1996 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1998 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
2000 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
2001 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
2005 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
2006 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
2007 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
2008 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
2009 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
2010 if (!target_has_execution ())
2012 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
2013 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
2014 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
2015 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2017 if (b
->works_in_software_mode ())
2018 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2020 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2021 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2024 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
2026 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
2027 struct value
*v
, *result
;
2028 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
2030 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
2033 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
2034 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
2035 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
2036 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
2037 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
2039 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
2041 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2042 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
2043 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
2044 b
->val_valid
= true;
2047 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
2049 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
2050 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
2051 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
2055 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2056 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2057 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2058 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2059 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2060 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2061 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
2063 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2065 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2066 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2067 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2069 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2070 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2073 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2074 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2075 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2077 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2079 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2081 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2082 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2084 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2086 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2087 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2088 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2089 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2090 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2093 addr
= value_address (v
);
2096 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2101 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2103 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2106 loc
= b
->allocate_location ();
2107 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2110 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
2112 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2113 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2117 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2118 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2121 loc
->length
= value_type (v
)->length ();
2123 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2128 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2129 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2130 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2135 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2137 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2141 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2144 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2145 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2146 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2148 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2149 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2150 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2151 this watchpoint in as well. */
2153 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2154 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2155 hardware watchpoint type. */
2157 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2158 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2160 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2161 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2162 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2163 through watch_command), so always account for it
2166 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2167 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2169 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2170 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2173 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2174 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2176 bool sw_mode
= b
->works_in_software_mode ();
2178 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2179 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2180 "hardware watchpoint."));
2181 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2182 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2183 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2185 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2186 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2190 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2191 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2192 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2197 else if (!b
->works_in_software_mode ())
2199 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2200 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2201 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2203 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2204 "read/access watchpoint."));
2207 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2209 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_software_watchpoint
2210 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2211 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2212 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2215 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2216 above left it without any location set up. But,
2217 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2218 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2219 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2220 add_dummy_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2222 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2225 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2226 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2228 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2231 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2233 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2237 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2238 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2239 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2240 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2241 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2243 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2245 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2248 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2251 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2252 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2255 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2258 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2259 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2260 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2261 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2262 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2263 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2264 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2265 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2266 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2269 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2270 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2271 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2273 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2274 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2275 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2277 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2278 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2279 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2280 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2281 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2282 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2283 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2284 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2285 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2287 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2288 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2292 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2293 instruction that triggered one. */
2294 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2295 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2297 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2298 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2299 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2306 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2307 that the location is not duplicated. */
2310 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2313 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2316 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2317 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2321 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2322 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2323 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2324 any error during parsing. */
2326 static agent_expr_up
2327 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2332 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2334 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2335 that may show up. */
2338 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2341 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2343 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2344 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2345 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2348 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2352 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2353 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2354 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2355 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2356 one of them is true. */
2359 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2361 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2362 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2364 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2365 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2367 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2368 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2369 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2371 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2372 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2375 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2377 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2378 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2379 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2380 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2381 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2382 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2383 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2384 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2386 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2388 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2392 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2393 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2394 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2395 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2396 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2400 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2401 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2402 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2404 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2410 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2411 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2412 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2414 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2415 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2416 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2418 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2420 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2422 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2424 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2427 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2432 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2433 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2434 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2435 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2436 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2438 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2440 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2441 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2442 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2444 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2446 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2447 to send the conditions to the target. */
2448 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2454 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2455 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2456 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2458 static agent_expr_up
2459 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2461 const char *cmdrest
;
2462 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2463 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2470 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2472 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2474 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2475 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2477 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2479 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2481 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2483 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2484 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2486 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2488 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2489 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2491 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2493 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2495 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2497 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2498 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2503 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2504 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2506 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2510 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2512 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2513 that may show up. */
2516 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2517 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2518 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2520 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2522 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2523 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2524 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2527 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2531 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2532 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2533 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2536 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2538 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2539 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2541 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2542 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2544 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2547 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2548 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2551 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2553 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2554 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2555 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2557 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2558 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2559 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2560 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2563 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2564 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2565 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2566 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2567 response back to GDB. */
2568 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2570 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2574 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2575 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2576 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2577 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2579 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2580 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2583 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2584 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2585 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2587 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2593 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2595 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2597 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2598 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2599 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2601 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2603 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2606 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2610 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2611 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2612 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2613 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2614 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2615 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2616 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2617 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2618 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2619 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2620 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2621 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2622 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2623 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2625 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2627 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2628 to send the commands to the target. */
2629 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2632 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2633 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2634 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2635 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2638 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2639 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2640 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2644 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2646 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2648 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2649 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2651 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2653 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2657 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2660 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2661 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2662 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2663 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2666 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2667 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2669 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2670 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2671 int *disabled_breaks
,
2672 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2673 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2675 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2677 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2680 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2681 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2682 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2683 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2684 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2685 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2686 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2687 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2688 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2689 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2690 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2691 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2693 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2694 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2695 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2696 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2698 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2700 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2701 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2702 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2703 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2706 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2707 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2708 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2709 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2710 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2711 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2712 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2714 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2716 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2718 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2719 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2720 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2721 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2723 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2728 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2729 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2731 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2732 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2733 || bl
->section
== NULL
2734 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2736 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2741 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2743 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2745 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2747 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2752 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2753 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2754 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2756 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2757 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2758 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2759 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2760 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2764 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2766 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2767 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2768 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2770 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2775 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2776 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2777 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2778 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2779 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2782 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2784 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2786 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2789 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2790 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2791 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2792 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2796 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2797 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2799 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2804 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2806 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2808 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2810 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2815 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2816 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2821 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2823 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2825 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any
2826 breakpoints inserted within the target inferior, as a result
2827 any further attempts to interact with the breakpoint objects
2828 is not possible. Just rethrow the error. */
2829 if (bp_excpt
.error
== TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2831 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2833 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2834 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2835 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2836 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2837 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2838 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2839 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2840 errors as memory errors. */
2841 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2842 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2843 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2844 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2845 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2846 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2849 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2850 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2851 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2852 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2854 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2855 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2857 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2858 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2859 "library breakpoints:\n");
2861 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2862 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2863 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2868 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2870 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2871 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2872 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2873 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2875 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2876 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2877 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2882 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2885 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2886 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2888 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2889 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2891 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2895 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2896 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2911 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2912 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2913 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2914 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2918 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2920 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2921 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2922 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2924 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2925 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2927 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2929 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2930 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2934 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2935 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2942 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2943 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2946 /* Back to the original value. */
2947 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2951 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2954 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2958 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2961 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2965 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2966 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2968 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2971 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2973 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2974 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2975 so just return success. */
2982 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2983 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2987 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2989 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2990 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2991 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2992 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2994 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2995 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2996 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2998 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3000 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3002 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3003 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3004 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3006 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3007 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3009 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3015 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3016 removed locations above. */
3017 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3020 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3021 Throws exception on any error.
3022 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3023 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3025 insert_breakpoints (void)
3027 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3028 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3030 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3032 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3035 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3036 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3037 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
3038 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
3039 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
3040 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
3042 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3045 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3046 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3047 always-inserted mode. */
3050 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3054 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3055 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3056 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3058 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3060 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3061 there was an error. */
3062 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3064 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3066 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3068 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3070 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3073 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3074 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3075 deletion of breakpoints. */
3076 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
3079 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3081 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3082 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3083 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3084 insert breakpoints. */
3085 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3086 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3089 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3090 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3097 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3098 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3102 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3105 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3109 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3110 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3111 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3113 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3115 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3116 there was an error. */
3117 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3119 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3121 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3123 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3126 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3127 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3128 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3129 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3130 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3133 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3135 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3136 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3137 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3138 insert breakpoints. */
3139 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3140 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3143 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3144 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3149 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3150 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3151 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3153 int some_failed
= 0;
3155 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3158 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3161 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3164 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3165 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3173 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3175 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3177 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3178 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3179 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3187 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3188 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3189 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3191 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3192 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3194 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3195 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3199 /* Used when the program stops.
3200 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3201 removing a breakpoint location. */
3204 remove_breakpoints (void)
3208 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3209 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3210 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3215 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3219 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3221 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3223 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3225 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3228 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3229 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3231 /* Hide it from the user. */
3237 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3240 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3244 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3246 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3249 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3251 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3258 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3260 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3261 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3262 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3263 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3264 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3265 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3267 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3270 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3273 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3274 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3278 static struct breakpoint
*
3279 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3280 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
3282 std::unique_ptr
<internal_breakpoint
> b
3283 (new internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
, address
));
3285 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3287 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
3290 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3292 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3294 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3296 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3297 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3299 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3300 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3302 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3303 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3305 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3306 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3308 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3310 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3312 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3313 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3315 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3316 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3318 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3319 int exception_searched
= 0;
3321 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3323 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3326 static const registry
<objfile
>::key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3327 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3329 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3330 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3332 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3335 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3337 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3340 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3341 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3343 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3344 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3346 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3348 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3349 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3350 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3351 return bp_objfile_data
;
3355 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3357 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3359 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3362 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3365 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3367 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3370 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3372 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3374 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3375 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3377 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3378 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3381 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3384 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.value_address ();
3385 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3387 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3389 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3391 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3392 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3396 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3397 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3402 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3403 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3406 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3408 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3409 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3410 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3412 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3414 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3415 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3419 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3422 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3424 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3425 because it does not know how to evaluate
3430 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3431 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3434 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3437 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3439 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3441 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3442 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3444 b
->locspec
= new_probe_location_spec ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3445 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3451 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3452 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3455 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3457 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3458 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3461 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3462 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3463 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3465 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3467 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3468 const char *func_name
;
3471 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3474 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3475 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3477 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3479 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3480 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3482 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3483 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3486 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3489 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].value_address ();
3490 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
3491 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3492 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3496 return installed_bp
> 0;
3499 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3502 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3504 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3506 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3508 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3510 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3512 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3513 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3516 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3517 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3520 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3522 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3523 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3529 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3531 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3533 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3535 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3537 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3541 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3543 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3545 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3546 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3548 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3550 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3553 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3555 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3557 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3558 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (m
.minsym
->type () != mst_text
3559 && m
.minsym
->type () != mst_file_text
))
3561 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3562 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3565 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3568 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.value_address ();
3569 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3570 bp_std_terminate_master
);
3571 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3572 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3577 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3578 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3581 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3583 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3584 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3585 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3587 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3589 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3590 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3592 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3593 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3597 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3600 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3602 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3603 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3607 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3608 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3611 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3614 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3616 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3618 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3619 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3620 bp_exception_master
);
3621 b
->locspec
= new_probe_location_spec ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3622 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3628 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3629 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3632 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3634 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3636 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3637 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3640 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3642 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3645 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3647 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3649 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3651 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3652 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3654 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3658 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3661 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.value_address ();
3662 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3663 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3664 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
3665 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3666 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3671 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3674 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3676 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3678 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3679 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3682 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3683 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3686 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3687 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3688 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3689 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3694 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3697 breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3699 return (b
->locspec
!= nullptr && b
->locspec
->empty_p ());
3703 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3705 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3706 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3707 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3708 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3709 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3710 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3711 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3712 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3713 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3714 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3715 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3717 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3719 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3722 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3723 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3725 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3729 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3730 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3732 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3736 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3737 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3738 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3739 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3740 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3742 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3746 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3747 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3749 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3753 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3754 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3756 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3760 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3762 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3763 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3764 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3766 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3770 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3772 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3773 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3774 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3775 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3779 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3780 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3781 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3782 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3783 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3784 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3786 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3787 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3788 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3789 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3790 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3791 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3792 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3794 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3795 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3796 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3797 let finish_command delete it.
3799 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3800 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3801 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3802 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3803 solib breakpoints.) */
3805 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3810 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3811 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3813 if (breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (b
))
3815 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3822 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3825 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3826 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3828 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3829 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3831 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3832 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3833 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3835 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3838 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3839 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3840 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other and
3841 bp_loc_software_watchpoint are only maintained at GDB side,
3842 so there is no need to remove them. Moreover, removing these
3843 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3844 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
3845 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_watchpoint
)
3849 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3855 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3856 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3857 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3858 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3859 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3862 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3866 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3867 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3869 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3870 This should not ever happen. */
3871 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3873 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3874 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3876 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3877 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3878 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3880 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3881 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3882 || bl
->section
== NULL
3883 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3885 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3887 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3888 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3889 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3890 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3891 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3892 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3893 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3894 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3895 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3896 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3897 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3898 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3899 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3900 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3901 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3902 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3903 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3904 they should always be removed. */
3905 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3906 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3907 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3910 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3914 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3915 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3916 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3918 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3919 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3921 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3922 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3923 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3924 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3925 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3927 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3928 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3931 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3932 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3935 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3936 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3937 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3938 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3940 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3941 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3942 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3943 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3944 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3945 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3951 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3956 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3957 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3958 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3959 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3960 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3961 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3962 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3963 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3964 always-inserted mode. */
3966 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3967 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3968 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3969 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3975 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3977 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3979 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3980 bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3982 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3983 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3984 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3987 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3988 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3991 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3995 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4002 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4004 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4005 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4007 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4008 This should not ever happen. */
4009 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4011 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4013 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4015 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4018 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4021 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4023 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4024 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4028 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4029 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4031 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4034 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4035 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4036 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4041 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4043 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4045 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4047 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4050 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4052 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
4054 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4060 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4062 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4063 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4066 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4068 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4070 case bp_shlib_event
:
4072 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4073 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4074 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4075 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4076 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4078 (gdb) file prog-linux
4079 (gdb) run # native linux target
4082 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4083 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4086 case bp_step_resume
:
4088 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4090 case bp_single_step
:
4092 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4094 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4099 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4100 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4102 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4104 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4105 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4106 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4109 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4110 valid. New ones will be created in
4111 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4112 The next update_global_location_list call will
4113 garbage collect them. */
4116 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4118 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4119 insert_breakpoints. */
4120 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4121 w
->val_valid
= false;
4131 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4132 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4133 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4134 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4137 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4138 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4139 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4140 match, not program space. */
4142 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4143 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4144 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4145 permanent breakpoint.
4146 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4147 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4148 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4149 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4150 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4152 enum breakpoint_here
4153 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4155 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4157 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4159 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4160 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4163 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4164 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4166 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4168 if (overlay_debugging
4169 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4170 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4171 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4172 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4173 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4175 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4179 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4182 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4185 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4186 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4188 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4190 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4191 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4194 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4196 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4199 if (overlay_debugging
4200 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4201 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4203 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4214 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4217 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4219 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4220 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4226 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4230 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4231 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4234 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4237 if (overlay_debugging
4238 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4239 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4240 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4247 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4250 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4252 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4254 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4255 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4258 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4264 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4268 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4271 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4273 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4276 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4283 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4286 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4289 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4291 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4294 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4302 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4303 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4305 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4307 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4308 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4311 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4314 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4315 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4319 /* Check for intersection. */
4320 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4321 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4329 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4332 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4334 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4337 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4338 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4341 bpstat_clear (bpstat
**bsp
)
4358 bpstat::bpstat (const bpstat
&other
)
4360 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4361 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4362 commands (other
.commands
),
4363 print (other
.print
),
4365 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4367 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4368 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4371 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4372 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4375 bpstat_copy (bpstat
*bs
)
4377 bpstat
*p
= nullptr;
4379 bpstat
*retval
= nullptr;
4384 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4386 tmp
= new bpstat (*bs
);
4389 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4399 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4402 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat
*bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4407 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4409 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4415 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4418 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat
*bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4420 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4422 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4424 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4426 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4431 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->explains_signal (sig
))
4439 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4440 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4441 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4442 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4444 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4445 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4447 Return 1 otherwise. */
4450 bpstat_num (bpstat
**bsp
, int *num
)
4452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4455 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4457 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4458 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4459 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4460 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4461 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4463 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4465 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4472 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4476 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4479 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4480 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4482 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4483 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4487 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4490 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4492 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4494 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4496 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4497 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4498 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4499 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4500 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4504 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4507 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4508 or its equivalent. */
4511 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4513 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4516 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4517 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4518 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4519 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4521 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4522 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4523 bpstat of the current thread. */
4526 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
**bsp
)
4531 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4533 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4536 scoped_restore save_executing
4537 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4539 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4541 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4544 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4545 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4547 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4549 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4551 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4552 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4553 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4554 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4555 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4556 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4557 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4558 the tree when we're done. */
4559 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4560 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4563 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4565 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4571 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4573 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4579 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4581 if (current_ui
->async
)
4582 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4583 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4584 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4587 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4588 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4589 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4590 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4591 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4592 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4593 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4594 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4595 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4596 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4597 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4598 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4599 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4607 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4608 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4610 static thread_info
*
4611 get_bpstat_thread ()
4613 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4616 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4617 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4623 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4625 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4628 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4629 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4631 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4632 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4633 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4634 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4635 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4639 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4642 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4645 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4648 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4651 struct value_print_options opts
;
4652 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4653 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4657 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4658 debugging multiple threads. */
4661 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4663 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4668 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4670 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4672 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4673 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4675 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4678 uiout
->text (" \"");
4679 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4683 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4687 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4688 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4689 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4690 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4693 static enum print_stop_action
4694 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
)
4696 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4699 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4700 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4704 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4705 relevant messages. */
4706 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4709 case print_it_normal
:
4711 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4713 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4714 which has since been deleted. */
4716 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4718 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4719 return b
->print_it (bs
);
4724 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4725 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4730 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4733 print_solib_event (bool is_catchpoint
)
4735 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4736 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4740 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4741 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4743 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4744 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4747 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4748 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4749 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4753 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4754 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4755 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4757 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4760 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4761 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4762 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4768 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4769 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4771 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4774 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4776 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4777 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4782 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4783 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4784 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4785 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4786 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4787 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4788 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4791 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4792 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4793 code to print the location. An example is
4794 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4796 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4797 to also print the location part of the message.
4798 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4799 don't require a location appended to the end.
4800 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4801 further info to be printed. */
4803 enum print_stop_action
4804 bpstat_print (bpstat
*bs
, target_waitkind kind
)
4806 enum print_stop_action val
;
4808 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4809 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4810 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4811 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4812 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4814 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4815 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4816 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4817 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4821 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4822 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4823 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4824 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4826 print_solib_event (false);
4827 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4830 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4831 with and nothing was printed. */
4832 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4835 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4838 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4840 scoped_value_mark mark
;
4841 return value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4844 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4846 bpstat::bpstat (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
***bs_link_pointer
)
4848 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4849 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4853 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4855 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4856 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4861 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4865 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4869 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4870 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4873 watchpoints_triggered (const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
4875 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4878 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4880 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4881 as not triggered. */
4882 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4883 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4885 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4887 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4893 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4895 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4896 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4897 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4898 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4902 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4908 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4909 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4912 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4913 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4915 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4917 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4918 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4920 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4922 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4923 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4925 if (newaddr
== start
)
4927 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4931 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4932 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4933 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4936 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4945 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4946 enum wp_check_result
4948 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4951 /* The value has changed. */
4952 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4954 /* The value has not changed. */
4955 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4957 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4961 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4962 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4964 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4967 static wp_check_result
4968 watchpoint_check (bpstat
*bs
)
4970 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4972 int within_current_scope
;
4974 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4975 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4976 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4978 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4979 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4980 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4981 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4984 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4985 within_current_scope
= 1;
4988 frame_info_ptr frame
= get_current_frame ();
4989 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4990 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4992 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4993 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4994 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4995 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4996 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4997 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4998 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4999 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5000 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5001 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5004 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5005 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5007 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5008 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5009 if (within_current_scope
)
5011 struct symbol
*function
;
5013 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5014 if (function
== NULL
5015 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
, function
->value_block ()))
5016 within_current_scope
= 0;
5019 if (within_current_scope
)
5020 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5021 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5026 if (within_current_scope
)
5028 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5029 time before we return to the command level and call
5030 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5031 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5034 struct value
*new_val
;
5036 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5037 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5038 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5039 a mask watchpoint. */
5040 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5042 mark
= value_mark ();
5043 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
5046 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5047 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5049 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5050 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5051 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5052 not what we want. */
5053 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5054 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
5057 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5058 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
5059 b
->val_valid
= true;
5060 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5061 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5062 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5066 /* Nothing changed. */
5067 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5068 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5073 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5074 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5075 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5076 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5077 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5078 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5079 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5080 the first value assigned). */
5081 /* We print all the stop information in
5082 breakpointprint_it, but in this case, by the time we
5083 call breakpoint->print_it this bp will be deleted
5084 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5087 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5089 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5091 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5093 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5094 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5095 "left the block in\n"
5096 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5097 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5100 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5102 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5108 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5109 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5110 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5113 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5114 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5115 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5117 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5119 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5120 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5122 return b
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5125 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5126 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5129 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
5131 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5132 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5134 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5135 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5136 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5137 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5138 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5141 int must_check_value
= 0;
5143 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5144 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5146 must_check_value
= 1;
5147 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5148 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5149 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5151 must_check_value
= 1;
5152 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5153 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5154 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5155 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5156 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5157 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5158 must_check_value
= 1;
5160 if (must_check_value
)
5166 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5168 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5170 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5171 "Error evaluating expression "
5172 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5175 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5177 gdb_printf (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5187 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5188 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5192 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5195 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5196 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5198 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5200 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5201 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5202 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5203 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5204 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5205 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5206 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5209 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5210 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5213 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5214 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5215 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5216 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5218 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5219 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5220 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5223 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5224 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5225 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5226 changes. This still gives false positives when
5227 the program writes the same value to memory as
5228 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5229 it for a read), but it's much better than
5232 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5234 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5236 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5237 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5238 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5240 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5241 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5243 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5244 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5246 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5252 if (other_write_watchpoint
5253 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5255 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5256 and the value changed since the last time we
5257 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5259 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5264 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5265 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5266 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5268 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5269 the value hasn't changed. */
5270 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5280 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5282 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5283 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5284 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5285 anything for this watchpoint. */
5286 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5292 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5293 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5294 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5295 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5298 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat
*bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5300 INFRUN_SCOPED_DEBUG_ENTER_EXIT
;
5302 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5305 bool condition_result
= true;
5306 struct expression
*cond
;
5308 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5310 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5311 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5312 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5313 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5314 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5316 infrun_debug_printf ("thread = %s, breakpoint %d.%d",
5317 thread
->ptid
.to_string ().c_str (),
5318 b
->number
, find_loc_num_by_location (bl
));
5320 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5321 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5322 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5324 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5325 && b
->frame_id
!= get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()))
5327 infrun_debug_printf ("incorrect frame %s not %s, not stopping",
5328 get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()).to_string ().c_str (),
5329 b
->frame_id
.to_string ().c_str ());
5334 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5335 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5337 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5338 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5340 infrun_debug_printf ("incorrect thread or task, not stopping");
5345 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5347 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5349 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5351 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5353 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5356 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5358 if (cond
!= nullptr && b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5360 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5361 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5363 /* We use scoped_value_mark because it could be a long time
5364 before we return to the command level and call
5365 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5366 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5367 scoped_value_mark mark
;
5369 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5370 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5374 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5375 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5376 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5377 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5378 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5380 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5381 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5384 frame_info_ptr frame
;
5386 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5387 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5388 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5389 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5390 really matter which instantiation of the function
5391 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5392 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5393 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5394 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5395 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5396 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5397 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5398 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5400 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5402 select_frame (frame
);
5404 within_current_scope
= 0;
5406 if (within_current_scope
)
5410 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5412 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5414 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5415 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5420 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5421 "in the current scope"));
5422 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5423 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5425 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5428 if (cond
!= nullptr && !condition_result
)
5430 infrun_debug_printf ("condition_result = false, not stopping");
5434 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5436 infrun_debug_printf ("ignore count %d, not stopping",
5440 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5442 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5447 infrun_debug_printf ("stopping at this breakpoint");
5449 infrun_debug_printf ("not stopping at this breakpoint");
5452 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5453 on the current target. */
5456 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5458 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5459 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5460 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5461 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5467 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5468 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5470 bpstat
*bs_head
= nullptr, **bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5472 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5474 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5477 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5479 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5480 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5481 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5482 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5483 checked all locations already. */
5484 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5487 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5490 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5493 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5496 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5499 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5500 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5501 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5505 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5506 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5507 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5509 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5511 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5513 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5518 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5519 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5520 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5522 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5524 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5525 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5527 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (loc
, &bs_link
);
5528 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5531 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5539 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5542 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5543 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5544 const target_waitstatus
&ws
,
5547 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5548 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5549 bpstat
*bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5551 int need_remove_insert
;
5554 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5555 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5556 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5557 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5558 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5559 inferior function calls. */
5560 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5561 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5563 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5564 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5565 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5567 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5569 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5571 handle_solib_event ();
5576 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5577 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5578 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5582 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5587 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5588 b
->check_status (bs
);
5591 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5597 /* We will stop here. */
5598 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5600 --(b
->enable_count
);
5601 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5602 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5605 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5608 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5609 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5610 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5613 b
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5618 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5620 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5621 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5624 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5625 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5626 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5628 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5629 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5630 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5632 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5633 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5635 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5637 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5638 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5641 if (need_remove_insert
)
5642 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5643 else if (removed_any
)
5644 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5649 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5652 bpstat_stop_status_nowatch (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5653 thread_info
*thread
, const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5655 gdb_assert (!target_stopped_by_watchpoint ());
5657 /* Clear all watchpoints' 'watchpoint_triggered' value from a
5658 previous stop to avoid confusing bpstat_stop_status. */
5659 watchpoints_triggered (ws
);
5661 return bpstat_stop_status (aspace
, bp_addr
, thread
, ws
);
5665 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5667 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5669 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5671 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5672 breakpoint_re_set. */
5673 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5675 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5676 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5677 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5678 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5679 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5680 function needs to be updated too. */
5681 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5682 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5683 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5685 target_terminal::inferior ();
5688 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5690 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5693 bpstat_what (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5695 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5698 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5699 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5700 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5702 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5704 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5705 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5706 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5709 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5711 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5712 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5716 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5723 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5724 case bp_single_step
:
5727 case bp_shlib_event
:
5731 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5736 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5739 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5740 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5741 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5745 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5747 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5751 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5752 This requires no further action. */
5756 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5760 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5761 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5764 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5766 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5767 case bp_exception_resume
:
5770 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5771 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5774 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5776 case bp_step_resume
:
5778 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5781 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5782 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5785 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5787 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5790 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5791 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5794 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5795 case bp_thread_event
:
5796 case bp_overlay_event
:
5797 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5798 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5799 case bp_exception_master
:
5800 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5806 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5808 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5812 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5813 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5814 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5815 || bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
5816 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5820 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5823 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5824 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5825 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5826 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5828 case bp_std_terminate
:
5829 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5830 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5831 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5832 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5835 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5836 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5837 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
5838 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5839 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5841 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5842 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5844 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5845 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5846 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5848 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5849 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5850 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5851 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5856 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5862 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5863 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5866 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5873 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5877 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5879 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5886 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5888 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5889 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop ((code_breakpoint
*) b
);
5891 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5892 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop ((code_breakpoint
*) b
);
5898 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5901 bpstat_should_step ()
5903 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5904 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5910 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5913 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat
*bs
)
5915 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5924 /* Compute a number of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5925 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5926 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5929 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5931 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5935 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5937 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5940 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5946 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5947 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5949 "host": Host evals condition.
5950 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5951 "target": Target evals condition.
5955 bp_condition_evaluator (const breakpoint
*b
)
5957 char host_evals
= 0;
5958 char target_evals
= 0;
5963 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5966 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5967 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5968 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5970 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5972 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5978 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5979 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5980 else if (target_evals
)
5981 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5983 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5986 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5987 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5990 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5992 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5995 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5996 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5997 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5999 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6000 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6002 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6005 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6008 print_breakpoint_location (const breakpoint
*b
,
6009 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6011 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6013 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6015 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6019 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6021 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6022 uiout
->field_string ("what", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
6023 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6025 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
6029 uiout
->text ("in ");
6030 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
6031 function_name_style
.style ());
6033 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6034 uiout
->text ("at ");
6036 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6037 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
6038 file_name_style
.style ());
6041 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6042 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6044 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6050 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6052 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6056 uiout
->field_string ("pending", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
6057 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6058 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6059 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6060 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6062 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6066 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
6070 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6071 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6072 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6075 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6076 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6082 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6084 struct ep_type_description
6087 const char *description
;
6089 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6091 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6092 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6093 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6094 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6095 {bp_until
, "until"},
6096 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6097 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6098 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6099 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6100 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6101 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6102 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6103 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6104 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6105 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6106 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6107 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6108 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6109 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6110 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6111 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6112 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6113 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6114 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6115 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6116 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6117 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6118 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6119 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6120 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6121 {bp_static_marker_tracepoint
, "static marker tracepoint"},
6122 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6123 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6124 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6125 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6128 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6129 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6130 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6131 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6134 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6137 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6138 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6141 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6142 const char *field_name
,
6143 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6146 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6148 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6149 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6150 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6153 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6155 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6161 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6162 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6167 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6171 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6176 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6178 bool fix_breakpoint_script_output_globally
= false;
6180 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6181 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6182 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6183 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6184 detail. Returns true if RAW_LOC is false and if the breakpoint's
6185 print_one method did something; false otherwise. */
6188 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6189 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6191 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6192 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6194 struct command_line
*l
;
6195 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6197 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6198 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6199 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6200 struct value_print_options opts
;
6202 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6204 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6205 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6206 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6209 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6210 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6211 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6219 if (part_of_multiple
)
6220 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6222 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6226 if (part_of_multiple
)
6227 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6229 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6233 if (part_of_multiple
)
6234 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6236 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6240 if (part_of_multiple
)
6242 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid
6243 condition, display "N*" on the CLI, where "*" refers to a
6244 footnote below the table. For MI, simply display a "N"
6245 without a footnote. On the CLI, for enabled locations whose
6246 breakpoint is disabled, display "y-". */
6247 auto get_enable_state
= [uiout
, loc
] () -> const char *
6249 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6251 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6253 else if (!loc
->enabled
)
6260 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6262 else if (!loc
->enabled
)
6264 else if (!breakpoint_enabled (loc
->owner
))
6270 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", get_enable_state ());
6273 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6276 bool result
= false;
6277 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->print_one (last_loc
))
6281 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6283 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6285 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6286 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6287 is relatively readable). */
6288 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6289 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6291 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6293 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6294 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6296 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6299 if (header_of_multiple
)
6300 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6301 metadata_style
.style ());
6302 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6303 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6304 metadata_style
.style ());
6306 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6307 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6310 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6311 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6317 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6319 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6322 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6324 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6325 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6328 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6329 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6331 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6332 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6333 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6334 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6335 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6336 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6338 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6341 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6343 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6345 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6346 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6347 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6348 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6350 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6352 uiout
->text (" task ");
6353 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6359 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6360 b
->print_one_detail (uiout
);
6362 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6365 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6366 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6368 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6369 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6373 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6376 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6377 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6379 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6380 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6382 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6383 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6384 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6385 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6386 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6388 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6389 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6390 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6395 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6397 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6398 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6399 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6400 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6403 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6405 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6410 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6414 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6415 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6416 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6417 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6418 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6420 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6421 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6422 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6423 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6424 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6426 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6430 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6431 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6432 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6436 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6439 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6440 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6443 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6444 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6445 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6446 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6449 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6450 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6451 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6452 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6453 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6455 uiout
->text ("next ");
6456 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6457 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6460 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6462 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6464 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6466 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6467 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6468 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6472 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6473 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6477 bool use_fixed_output
=
6478 (uiout
->test_flags (fix_breakpoint_script_output
)
6479 || fix_breakpoint_script_output_globally
);
6481 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
6482 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> list_emitter
;
6484 if (use_fixed_output
)
6485 list_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "script");
6487 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "script");
6489 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6492 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6494 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6496 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6498 annotate_field (10);
6499 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6500 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6501 uiout
->text (" \n");
6504 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6506 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6508 annotate_field (11);
6510 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6511 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6512 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6518 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6519 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6524 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6526 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6528 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6530 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6532 else if (b
->locspec
!= nullptr)
6534 const char *str
= b
->locspec
->to_string ();
6536 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", str
);
6543 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6545 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6548 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6549 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6552 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6553 bool use_fixed_output
6554 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6555 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6557 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6558 bool printed
= print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
6561 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6563 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6564 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6566 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6567 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6568 locations, if any. */
6569 if (!printed
|| allflag
)
6571 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6572 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6573 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6576 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6577 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6579 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6580 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6581 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6582 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6583 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6584 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6585 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6587 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6589 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6591 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6593 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6594 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6596 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6597 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6600 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6602 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6603 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6612 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6614 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6616 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6618 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
6621 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6622 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6623 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6626 return print_address_bits
;
6629 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6632 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6634 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6635 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6638 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6639 internal or momentary. */
6642 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6644 return b
->number
> 0;
6647 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6650 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6652 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6655 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6657 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6658 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6659 list are then printed.
6661 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6663 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6664 ones for which it returns true.
6666 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6669 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6670 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6672 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6673 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6674 struct value_print_options opts
;
6675 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6676 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6677 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6678 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6680 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6682 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6683 required for address fields. */
6684 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6685 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6687 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6688 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6691 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6692 accept. Skip the others. */
6693 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6695 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6697 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6701 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6703 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6705 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6706 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6707 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6709 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6710 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6711 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6713 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6718 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6719 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6720 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6723 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6724 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6725 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6727 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6728 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6730 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6731 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6733 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6734 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6736 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6737 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6739 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6741 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6742 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6744 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6746 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6748 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6749 uiout
->table_body ();
6750 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6751 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6753 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6756 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6757 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6760 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6761 accept. Skip the others. */
6763 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6765 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6767 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6770 else /* all others */
6772 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6776 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6777 show_internal is set. */
6778 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6780 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6781 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6782 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6783 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6790 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6794 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6795 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6797 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6803 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6804 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6806 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6807 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6811 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6812 there have been breakpoints? */
6813 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6815 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6818 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6819 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6822 default_collect_info (void)
6824 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6826 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6827 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6829 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6832 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6834 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6835 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6836 uiout
->text (" \n");
6840 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6842 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6844 default_collect_info ();
6848 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6850 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6851 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6853 if (num_printed
== 0)
6855 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6856 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6858 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6863 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6865 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6867 default_collect_info ();
6871 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6872 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6873 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6875 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6877 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6878 && bl
->address
== pc
6879 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6885 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6888 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6889 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6890 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6894 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6895 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6896 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6901 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6902 else /* if (others == ???) */
6903 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6904 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6905 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6908 gdb_printf ("%d", b
->number
);
6909 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6910 gdb_printf (" (all threads)");
6911 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6912 gdb_printf (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6913 gdb_printf ("%s%s ",
6914 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6915 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6919 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6921 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6922 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6923 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6928 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6929 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6930 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6931 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6933 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6934 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6935 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6936 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6940 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6942 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6945 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6946 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6949 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6950 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6952 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6953 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6955 /* Both of them must exist. */
6956 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6957 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6959 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6960 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6961 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6962 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6963 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6964 other watchpoint. */
6966 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6968 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6969 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6971 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6973 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6974 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6977 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6978 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6979 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6980 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6981 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6982 become hw_access locations later. */
6983 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6984 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6985 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6986 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6989 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6992 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6993 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6995 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6996 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7000 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7001 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7002 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7003 space doesn't really matter. */
7006 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
7008 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
7011 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7012 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7013 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7016 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7017 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7018 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7019 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7022 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7023 const address_space
*aspace
,
7026 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7029 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7030 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7034 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7035 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7036 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7037 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7038 doesn't really matter. */
7041 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7042 const address_space
*aspace
,
7043 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7045 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7046 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7048 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7050 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7056 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7057 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7058 true, otherwise returns false. */
7061 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7062 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7064 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7065 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7066 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7067 different locations. */
7068 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7073 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7074 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
7075 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
7076 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
7077 otherwise they don't. */
7080 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7081 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
7082 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
7084 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7086 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7087 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7088 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7090 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7091 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7093 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7096 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7097 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7098 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7100 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
7101 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
7102 bp_location_is_less_than. */
7103 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7104 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7105 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
7106 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7110 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7111 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7113 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7114 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7118 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7119 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7121 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7122 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7124 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7127 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7128 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7129 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7130 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7133 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7134 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
,
7135 struct program_space
*pspace
)
7137 gdb_assert (pspace
!= nullptr);
7139 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7140 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7141 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7142 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7143 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7145 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7146 have their addresses modified. */
7149 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7151 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7152 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7153 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7154 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7155 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7156 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7161 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7163 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7164 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7165 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7167 /* Targets that implement this adjustment function will likely
7168 inspect either the symbol table, target memory at BPADDR, or
7169 even state registers, so ensure a suitable thread (and its
7170 associated program space) are currently selected. */
7171 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
7172 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (pspace
);
7174 = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7177 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7179 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7180 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7182 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7183 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7185 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7190 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7195 case bp_single_step
:
7199 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7200 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7202 case bp_exception_resume
:
7203 case bp_step_resume
:
7204 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7205 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7207 case bp_std_terminate
:
7208 case bp_shlib_event
:
7209 case bp_thread_event
:
7210 case bp_overlay_event
:
7212 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7213 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7214 case bp_exception_master
:
7215 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7216 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7218 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7219 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7220 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7221 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7222 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7223 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7224 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7226 return bp_loc_software_watchpoint
;
7229 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7230 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7231 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
7232 return bp_loc_other
;
7234 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7238 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7240 this->owner
= owner
;
7241 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7242 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7244 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7246 this->loc_type
= type
;
7248 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7249 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7250 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7255 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7256 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7257 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7261 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7262 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7265 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7267 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7271 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7274 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7276 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7277 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7279 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7280 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7282 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7284 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7289 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7295 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7298 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7300 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7302 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7303 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7304 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7306 const char *function_name
;
7308 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7309 && (loc
->msymbol
->type () == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7310 || loc
->msymbol
->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7312 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7314 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7316 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7317 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7319 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7320 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7321 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7322 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7324 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7328 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7331 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7335 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7337 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7340 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7342 return sal
.symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch ();
7347 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7348 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7349 initiated the operation. */
7352 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7354 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7356 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7357 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7358 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7359 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7360 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7361 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7362 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7363 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7365 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7366 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7367 after their removal. */
7368 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
, 1, thread
);
7371 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7374 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7376 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7378 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7379 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7381 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7382 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7387 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7389 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7390 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7392 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7393 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7397 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7398 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7399 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7403 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7405 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7407 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7408 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7410 int thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7412 = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7415 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7417 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7420 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7421 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7422 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7423 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7429 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7430 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7433 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7434 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7435 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7436 unwinding is possible. */
7439 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7441 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7443 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7444 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7446 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7448 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7449 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7450 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7451 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7453 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7454 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7455 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7456 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7457 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7458 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7461 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7462 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7463 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7464 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7467 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7468 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7469 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7470 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7471 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7474 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7475 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7476 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7477 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7478 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7479 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7480 for (frame_info_ptr fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7482 frame_info_ptr prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7483 if (prev
== nullptr)
7485 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7487 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7488 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7489 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7490 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7494 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7497 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7499 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7501 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7502 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7503 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7505 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7510 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7512 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7513 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7515 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7516 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7517 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7522 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7524 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7525 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7527 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7528 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7529 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7533 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7534 master breakpoint. */
7536 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7538 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7539 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7540 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7542 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
, 1,
7543 inferior_thread ()->global_num
);
7547 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7549 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7551 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7552 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7553 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7557 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7559 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7561 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
7563 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7564 /* locspec has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7565 b
->locspec
= new_address_location_spec (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7567 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7572 struct lang_and_radix
7578 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7581 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7583 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
7586 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7589 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7591 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7592 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7593 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7594 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7598 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7600 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7601 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7602 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7603 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7606 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7609 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7611 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7612 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7613 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7614 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7617 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7618 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7619 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7621 static struct breakpoint
*
7622 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7623 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7627 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
7628 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7633 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7635 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7638 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7641 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7645 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7647 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7648 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7650 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7656 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7657 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7660 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7662 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7664 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7665 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7667 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7668 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7669 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7670 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7671 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7672 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7673 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7674 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7675 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7676 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7677 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7678 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7681 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7686 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7687 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7688 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7691 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7693 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7695 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7698 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7700 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7701 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7702 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7703 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7704 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7705 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7706 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7707 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7708 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7710 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7711 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7712 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7713 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7716 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7717 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7719 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7721 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7722 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7723 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7726 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7731 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7732 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7733 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7736 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7738 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7741 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7742 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7743 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7744 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7745 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7746 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7747 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7748 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7749 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7750 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7752 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7753 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7756 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7758 int bp_modified
= 0;
7760 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7763 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7765 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7767 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7768 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7771 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7774 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7777 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7778 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7781 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7783 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7784 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7785 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7786 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7787 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7790 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7797 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7801 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7803 breakpoint::breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
, enum bptype bptype
,
7804 bool temp
, const char *cond_string_
)
7806 disposition (temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
),
7808 language (current_language
->la_language
),
7809 input_radix (::input_radix
),
7810 cond_string (cond_string_
!= nullptr
7811 ? make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string_
)
7813 related_breakpoint (this)
7817 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7819 catchpoint::catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
7820 const char *cond_string
)
7821 : breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_catchpoint
, temp
, cond_string
)
7823 add_dummy_location (this, current_program_space
);
7825 pspace
= current_program_space
;
7829 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
7831 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
7832 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7833 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
7834 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
7837 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
7840 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7844 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7848 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7849 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7850 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
7852 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7854 i
+= b
->resources_needed (bl
);
7860 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7864 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7868 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7871 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
7873 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7875 i
+= b
->resources_needed (bl
);
7881 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7882 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7883 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7884 types _not_ TYPE. */
7887 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
7888 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
7892 *other_type_used
= 0;
7893 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7897 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7900 if (b
->type
== type
)
7901 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
7902 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7903 *other_type_used
= 1;
7910 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7912 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7913 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7915 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
7916 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7921 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7923 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7924 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7926 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7927 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7932 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7934 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7935 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7939 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7941 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7942 breakpoint_re_set ();
7945 /* Allocate a new momentary breakpoint. */
7947 template<typename
... Arg
>
7948 static momentary_breakpoint
*
7949 new_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, enum bptype type
,
7952 if (type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
)
7953 return new longjmp_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
7954 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
7956 return new momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
7957 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
7960 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
7961 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
7965 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7966 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7968 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
7970 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
7972 std::unique_ptr
<momentary_breakpoint
> b
7973 (new_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
, sal
.pspace
, frame_id
,
7974 inferior_thread ()->global_num
));
7976 b
->add_location (sal
);
7978 breakpoint_up
bp (add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
)));
7980 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7985 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7986 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
7987 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
7989 static struct breakpoint
*
7990 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
7995 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> copy
7996 (new_momentary_breakpoint (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, orig
->pspace
,
7997 orig
->frame_id
, thread
));
7998 copy
->loc
= copy
->allocate_location ();
7999 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8001 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8002 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8003 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8004 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8005 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8006 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8007 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8008 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8009 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8011 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (copy
));
8012 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8016 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8020 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8022 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8026 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, 0,
8031 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8034 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8036 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8038 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8039 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8041 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8045 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8048 mention (const breakpoint
*b
)
8050 b
->print_mention ();
8051 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8055 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8057 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8059 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8060 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8061 address is in read-only memory.
8063 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8064 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8066 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8067 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8068 memory map changed, so we undo.
8072 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8074 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8075 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8076 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8077 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8079 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8080 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8081 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8082 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8083 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8087 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8089 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8090 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8092 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8094 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8096 static bool said
= false;
8098 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8101 gdb_printf (_("Note: automatically using "
8102 "hardware breakpoints for "
8103 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8112 code_breakpoint::add_location (const symtab_and_line
&sal
)
8114 struct bp_location
*new_loc
, **tmp
;
8115 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8116 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8118 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8119 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8121 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8122 Once we call allocate_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8123 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8124 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8125 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8126 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8127 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8131 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8132 new_loc
= allocate_location ();
8133 for (tmp
= &(loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8134 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8136 new_loc
->next
= *tmp
;
8139 new_loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
8140 new_loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8141 new_loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
8142 new_loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
.prob
;
8143 new_loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
.objfile
;
8144 gdb_assert (new_loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8145 new_loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
8146 new_loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8147 new_loc
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
8148 new_loc
->symtab
= sal
.symtab
;
8149 new_loc
->symbol
= sal
.symbol
;
8150 new_loc
->msymbol
= sal
.msymbol
;
8151 new_loc
->objfile
= sal
.objfile
;
8153 set_breakpoint_location_function (new_loc
);
8155 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8156 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8157 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8158 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8159 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8160 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8161 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8162 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8163 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8164 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8165 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8166 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8168 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (new_loc
))
8169 new_loc
->permanent
= 1;
8175 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8176 return false otherwise. */
8179 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8181 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8183 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8184 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8185 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8186 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8188 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8191 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8192 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8193 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8196 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8197 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8200 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8202 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8203 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> printf_line
= nullptr;
8208 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8210 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8212 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8214 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8216 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8217 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8219 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8220 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8221 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8223 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8224 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8226 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8227 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8228 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8229 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8232 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8233 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8236 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8238 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8239 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8242 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8243 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8247 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8248 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8250 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8252 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8253 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8254 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
.release ());
8255 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8256 command_lines_deleter ()));
8259 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8260 current style settings. */
8263 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8264 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8266 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8267 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8268 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8271 code_breakpoint::code_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
,
8273 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8274 location_spec_up
&&locspec_
,
8275 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_
,
8276 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_
,
8277 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_
,
8278 enum bpdisp disposition_
,
8279 int thread_
, int task_
, int ignore_count_
,
8281 int enabled_
, unsigned flags
,
8282 int display_canonical_
)
8283 : breakpoint (gdbarch_
, type_
)
8287 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8289 int target_resources_ok
;
8291 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8292 target_resources_ok
=
8293 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8295 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8296 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8297 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8298 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8301 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8306 cond_string
= std::move (cond_string_
);
8307 extra_string
= std::move (extra_string_
);
8308 ignore_count
= ignore_count_
;
8309 enable_state
= enabled_
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8310 disposition
= disposition_
;
8312 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
8313 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
8315 auto *t
= static_cast<struct tracepoint
*> (this);
8316 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8318 if (strace_marker_p (this))
8320 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we wouldn't
8321 see a sal for it. */
8322 const char *p
= &locspec_
->to_string ()[3];
8325 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8327 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8329 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8331 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
8332 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8334 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sals
[0].pc
, &marker
))
8336 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8338 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
8339 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8342 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static tracepoint marker to probe"));
8345 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8349 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8350 if (loc_gdbarch
== nullptr)
8351 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8353 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8354 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8357 bp_location
*new_loc
= add_location (sal
);
8358 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8359 new_loc
->inserted
= 1;
8361 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8362 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8363 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8365 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8366 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8367 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8369 if (extra_string
!= nullptr)
8370 update_dprintf_command_list (this);
8372 error (_("Format string required"));
8374 else if (extra_string
!= nullptr)
8375 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), extra_string
.get ());
8378 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8379 condition using the location's number. */
8381 for (bp_location
*bl
: locations ())
8383 if (cond_string
!= nullptr)
8384 set_breakpoint_location_condition (cond_string
.get (), bl
,
8390 display_canonical
= display_canonical_
;
8391 if (locspec_
!= nullptr)
8392 locspec
= std::move (locspec_
);
8394 locspec
= new_address_location_spec (this->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8395 filter
= std::move (filter_
);
8399 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8400 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8401 location_spec_up
&&locspec
,
8402 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8403 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8404 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8405 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8406 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8408 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8409 int display_canonical
)
8411 std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
> b
8412 = new_breakpoint_from_type (gdbarch
,
8415 std::move (locspec
),
8417 std::move (cond_string
),
8418 std::move (extra_string
),
8420 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8425 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8428 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8429 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8430 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8431 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8432 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8433 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8434 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8435 we take just a single condition string.
8437 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8438 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8439 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8440 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8441 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8444 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8445 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8446 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8447 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8448 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8449 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8451 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8453 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8454 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8456 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8458 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8459 'break', without arguments. */
8460 location_spec_up locspec
8461 = (canonical
->locspec
!= nullptr
8462 ? canonical
->locspec
->clone ()
8464 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8465 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8467 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8468 std::move (locspec
),
8469 std::move (filter_string
),
8470 std::move (cond_string
),
8471 std::move (extra_string
),
8473 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8474 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8475 canonical
->special_display
);
8479 /* Parse LOCSPEC which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8480 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8481 addresses found. LOCSPEC points to the end of the SAL (for
8484 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8485 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8488 parse_breakpoint_sals (location_spec
*locspec
,
8489 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8491 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8493 if (locspec
->type () == LINESPEC_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8495 const char *spec
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
8499 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8500 breakpoint address. */
8501 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8503 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8504 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8505 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8506 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8507 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8508 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8509 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8511 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8513 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8514 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8515 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8516 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8517 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8519 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8521 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8523 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8525 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8529 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8533 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8534 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8535 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8536 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8538 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8539 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8540 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8541 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8543 const char *spec
= NULL
;
8545 if (locspec
->type () == LINESPEC_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8546 spec
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
8550 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
8553 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8554 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8555 get_last_displayed_line (),
8556 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8561 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8562 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8566 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8567 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8570 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
8572 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8573 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8576 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8577 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8578 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8579 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8580 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8584 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8585 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
8587 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8589 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8591 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8592 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8593 associated with SAL. */
8597 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
8598 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
8599 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
8603 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8604 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8605 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8606 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8607 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8608 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8611 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8612 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8613 int *thread
, int *task
,
8614 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8616 cond_string
->reset ();
8624 const char *end_tok
;
8626 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8627 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8629 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8631 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8633 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8637 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8639 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8641 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8643 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8646 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8648 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8653 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
8656 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
8658 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
8663 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8666 struct thread_info
*thr
;
8669 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
8671 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8672 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
8675 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8680 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
8682 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8683 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8684 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8689 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8693 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8697 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
8698 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
8699 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
8700 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
8703 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
8705 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8706 int *thread
, int *task
,
8707 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8709 int num_failures
= 0;
8710 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8712 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8715 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
8717 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
8718 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
8719 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
8720 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
8721 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
8722 condition in the context of each sal. */
8725 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
8726 &task_id
, &remaining
);
8727 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
8728 *thread
= thread_id
;
8730 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
8733 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8736 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
8737 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
8743 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8745 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
8746 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
8748 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8751 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8753 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8755 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
8757 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
8758 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
8759 if (markers
.empty ())
8760 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
8761 marker_str
.c_str ());
8763 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
8764 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
8766 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
8768 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
8769 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
8770 sals
.push_back (sal
);
8777 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
8778 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
8780 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8781 breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec_type (enum location_spec_type locspec_type
,
8786 if (locspec_type
== PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8787 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8789 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8793 if (locspec_type
== PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8794 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8796 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8800 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8802 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8803 breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec (const location_spec
*locspec
,
8806 if (locspec
!= nullptr)
8807 return (breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec_type
8808 (locspec
->type (), is_tracepoint
));
8809 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8812 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8815 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8816 location_spec
*locspec
,
8817 const char *cond_string
,
8818 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
8819 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
8820 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
8822 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
8823 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8824 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
8827 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8830 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
8832 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
8834 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
8835 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
8836 extra_string
= NULL
;
8840 ops
->create_sals_from_location_spec (locspec
, &canonical
);
8842 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8844 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
8846 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
8848 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8851 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
8854 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
8856 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8857 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8858 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8859 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8860 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
8863 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8864 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8865 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8866 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8873 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
8876 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8877 are ok for the target. */
8880 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
8881 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
8884 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8885 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8887 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
8888 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
8891 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8892 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8896 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
8897 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
8901 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
8902 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8904 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
8906 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
8907 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
8908 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
8909 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
8913 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
8914 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
8915 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
8917 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
8918 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
8919 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
8920 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
8921 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
8923 int num_failures
= 0;
8924 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
8925 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
8927 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
8930 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
8931 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
8934 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8937 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
8938 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
8944 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8946 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
8947 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
8949 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
8952 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
8953 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
8954 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
8956 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8957 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8958 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
8962 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (gdbarch
,
8964 b
->locspec
= locspec
->clone ();
8967 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8970 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8971 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
8972 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
8977 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
8978 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
8979 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
8981 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8982 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8983 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8984 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8985 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
8986 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
8987 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8989 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8992 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
8994 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8995 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8996 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8999 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9004 /* Set a breakpoint.
9005 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9006 condition, and thread.
9007 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9008 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9012 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9014 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9015 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9016 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9019 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9020 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
9021 = breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec (locspec
.get (),
9022 false /* is_tracepoint */);
9024 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9026 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9027 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9028 0 /* Ignore count */,
9029 pending_break_support
,
9037 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9040 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9044 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9046 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9047 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9048 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9051 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9052 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9053 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9054 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9057 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9059 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9060 const struct block
*b
;
9063 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9064 sal
->symtab
->compunit ());
9067 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9070 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9072 = sym
->obj_section (sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9076 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9077 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9078 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9079 happen in assembly source). */
9081 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9082 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9084 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9086 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9093 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9095 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9099 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9101 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9105 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9107 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9111 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9113 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9116 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9117 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9118 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9122 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9124 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9126 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9127 the next character must be ','. */
9130 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9131 error (_("Format string required"));
9134 /* Skip the comma. */
9139 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9141 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9143 0 /* Ignore count */,
9144 pending_break_support
,
9145 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
9153 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9155 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9158 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9161 ranged_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9162 const address_space
*aspace
,
9164 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9166 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9167 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9170 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9171 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9174 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9177 ranged_breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9179 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9182 /* Implement the "print_it" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9184 enum print_stop_action
9185 ranged_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9187 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9188 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9190 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9192 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9193 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9195 annotate_breakpoint (number
);
9197 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9199 if (disposition
== disp_del
)
9200 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9202 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9203 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9205 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9206 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9207 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (disposition
));
9209 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", number
);
9212 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9215 /* Implement the "print_one" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9218 ranged_breakpoint::print_one (bp_location
**last_loc
) const
9220 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9221 struct value_print_options opts
;
9222 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9224 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9225 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9227 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9229 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9230 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9231 by ranged_breakpoint::print_one_detail. */
9232 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9234 print_breakpoint_location (this, bl
);
9240 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9243 ranged_breakpoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
9245 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9246 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9251 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9252 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9254 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9255 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9256 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9257 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9258 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9262 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9265 ranged_breakpoint::print_mention () const
9267 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9268 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9271 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9273 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9274 number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9275 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9278 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9281 ranged_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9283 gdb_printf (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9284 locspec
->to_string (),
9285 locspec_range_end
->to_string ());
9286 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9289 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9290 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9291 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9292 last instruction of the given line. */
9295 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9299 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9300 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9301 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9308 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9310 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9312 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9319 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9322 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9324 const char *arg_start
;
9325 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9326 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9329 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9330 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9331 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9333 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9334 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9335 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9338 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9340 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9341 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9342 error(_("No address range specified."));
9345 location_spec_up start_locspec
9346 = string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9347 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_locspec
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9350 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9351 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9352 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9354 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9356 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9357 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9358 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9360 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9361 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9363 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9364 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9366 /* Parse the end location specification. */
9370 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9371 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start
9372 location spec's symtab and line as the default symtab and line
9373 for the end of the range. This makes it possible to have ranges
9374 like "foo.c:27, +14", where +14 means 14 lines from the start
9376 location_spec_up end_locspec
9377 = string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9378 decode_line_full (end_locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9379 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9380 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9382 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9383 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9385 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9386 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9387 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9388 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9390 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9392 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9393 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9394 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9396 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9398 /* Length overflowed. */
9399 error (_("Address range too large."));
9400 else if (length
== 1)
9402 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9403 the `hbreak' command. */
9404 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9409 /* Now set up the breakpoint and install it. */
9411 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> br
9412 (new ranged_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9414 std::move (start_locspec
),
9415 std::move (end_locspec
)));
9417 install_breakpoint (false, std::move (br
), true);
9420 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9421 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9422 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9426 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9428 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
9431 /* Implement the "re_set" method for watchpoints. */
9434 watchpoint::re_set ()
9436 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9437 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9439 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9440 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9441 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9442 are loaded and unloaded.
9444 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9445 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9446 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9447 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9448 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9449 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9451 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9452 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9453 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9454 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9456 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9457 exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9459 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9460 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9461 update_watchpoint (this, 1 /* reparse */);
9464 /* Implement the "insert" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9467 watchpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9469 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9471 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9475 /* Implement the "remove" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9478 watchpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
9479 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9481 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9483 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9488 watchpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9489 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9490 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9492 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9494 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9495 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9496 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9497 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9498 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9499 (did not match the data address). */
9500 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9501 && watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9508 watchpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
9510 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9512 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9515 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for hardware
9519 watchpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9521 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9523 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9526 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" method for hardware
9530 watchpoint::works_in_software_mode () const
9532 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9533 return type
== bp_watchpoint
|| type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9536 enum print_stop_action
9537 watchpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9539 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9540 enum print_stop_action result
;
9541 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9543 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9545 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9547 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9548 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9552 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
9556 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9557 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9559 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9561 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9562 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9563 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9564 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9565 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9566 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9567 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9569 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9570 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9573 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9574 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9576 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9578 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9579 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9580 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9581 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
9583 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9586 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9587 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9589 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9592 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9594 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9595 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9596 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9597 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9598 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9603 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9606 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9607 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9608 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9610 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9611 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9613 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9616 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9622 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9625 watchpoint::print_mention () const
9627 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9628 const char *tuple_name
;
9633 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
9636 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9637 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
9640 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9641 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
9642 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9644 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9645 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9646 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9649 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9650 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9653 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9654 uiout
->field_signed ("number", number
);
9656 uiout
->field_string ("exp", exp_string
.get ());
9659 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for watchpoints. */
9662 watchpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9667 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9668 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9670 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9671 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9673 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9674 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9677 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9678 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9681 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", exp_string
.get ());
9682 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9685 /* Implement the "explains_signal" method for watchpoints. */
9688 watchpoint::explains_signal (enum gdb_signal sig
)
9690 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
9692 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9698 struct masked_watchpoint
: public watchpoint
9700 using watchpoint::watchpoint
;
9702 int insert_location (struct bp_location
*) override
;
9703 int remove_location (struct bp_location
*,
9704 enum remove_bp_reason reason
) override
;
9705 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
9706 bool works_in_software_mode () const override
;
9707 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
9708 void print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*) const override
;
9709 void print_mention () const override
;
9710 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
9713 /* Implement the "insert" method for masked hardware watchpoints. */
9716 masked_watchpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9718 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
,
9719 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9722 /* Implement the "remove" method for masked hardware watchpoints. */
9725 masked_watchpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
9726 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9728 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
,
9729 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9732 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for masked hardware
9736 masked_watchpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9738 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
);
9741 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" method for masked hardware
9745 masked_watchpoint::works_in_software_mode () const
9750 /* Implement the "print_it" method for masked hardware
9753 enum print_stop_action
9754 masked_watchpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9756 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9757 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9759 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9760 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9762 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9763 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9767 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9768 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9770 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9773 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9774 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9776 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9779 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9780 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9783 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9786 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9787 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9792 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9793 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9796 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9797 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9800 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" method for masked hardware
9804 masked_watchpoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
9806 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9807 gdb_assert (loc
&& loc
->next
== NULL
);
9809 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
9810 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", loc
->gdbarch
, hw_wp_mask
);
9814 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for masked hardware
9818 masked_watchpoint::print_mention () const
9820 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9821 const char *tuple_name
;
9825 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9826 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9829 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9830 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9831 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9833 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9834 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9835 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9838 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9839 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9842 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9843 uiout
->field_signed ("number", number
);
9845 uiout
->field_string ("exp", exp_string
.get ());
9848 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for masked hardware
9852 masked_watchpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9856 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9857 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9859 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9860 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9862 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9863 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9866 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9867 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9870 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", exp_string
.get (),
9871 phex (hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
9872 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9875 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9878 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9880 return dynamic_cast<const masked_watchpoint
*> (b
) != nullptr;
9883 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9884 hw_read: watch read,
9885 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9887 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9888 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
9890 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9891 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9892 struct value
*result
;
9893 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
9894 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9895 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9896 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9898 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9899 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9900 enum bptype bp_type
;
9902 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9903 the hardware watchpoint. */
9904 bool use_mask
= false;
9908 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9909 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9911 const char *value_start
;
9913 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
9915 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9916 of the arguments string. */
9917 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9919 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9920 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9923 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9924 This is the value of the parameter. */
9925 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9927 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9929 /* Skip whitespace. */
9930 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9935 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9936 This is the parameter itself. */
9937 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9940 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9942 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
9944 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9945 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9946 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9947 only in a specific thread. */
9951 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9953 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9954 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
9956 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
9957 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9958 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
9960 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9962 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "task"))
9966 task
= strtol (value_start
, &tmp
, 0);
9967 if (tmp
== value_start
)
9968 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9969 if (!valid_task_id (task
))
9970 error (_("Unknown task %d."), task
);
9972 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
9974 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9975 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9977 struct value
*mask_value
;
9980 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9982 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
9984 scoped_value_mark mark
;
9985 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9986 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9989 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9992 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9993 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10000 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10001 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10003 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10004 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10005 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10006 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10008 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10009 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10011 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10014 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10015 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10019 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10020 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10022 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10025 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10026 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10027 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10028 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10031 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10033 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10034 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10042 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10043 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10044 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10048 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10051 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10052 else if (ret
== -2)
10053 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10056 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10057 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10059 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10060 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10062 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10063 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10065 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10066 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10067 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10069 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10070 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10071 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10076 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10078 frame_info_ptr wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10080 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10082 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10084 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10085 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10086 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10087 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10088 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10090 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10092 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10094 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10095 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10098 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10099 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
10101 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10104 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10106 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10107 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10109 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10110 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10112 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10113 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10114 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10115 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10116 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10117 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10118 scope_breakpoint
->type
,
10119 current_program_space
);
10123 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10124 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10125 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10126 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10128 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10129 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10130 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10131 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10133 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10135 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w
;
10137 w
.reset (new masked_watchpoint (nullptr, bp_type
));
10139 w
.reset (new watchpoint (nullptr, bp_type
));
10141 w
->thread
= thread
;
10143 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10144 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10145 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10146 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10147 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10150 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10151 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10153 w
->exp_string_reparse
10154 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10156 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10157 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10160 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10164 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10169 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10170 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10171 w
->val_valid
= true;
10175 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10177 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10179 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10181 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10182 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10186 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10187 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10190 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10192 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10193 need to act on them together. */
10194 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10195 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10198 if (!just_location
)
10199 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10201 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10202 that should be inserted. */
10203 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10205 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10208 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10209 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10212 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10214 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10216 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10217 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10220 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10221 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10223 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10224 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10225 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10226 hardware watchpoint.
10228 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10229 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10230 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10231 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10232 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10233 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10234 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10235 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10236 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10238 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10239 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10240 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10241 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10242 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10244 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10246 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10248 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10249 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10250 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10251 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10252 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10253 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10257 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10258 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10259 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10261 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10262 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10263 middle of some value chain. */
10265 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10266 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10268 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10272 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10273 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10274 1 : value_type (v
)->length ();
10276 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10280 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10284 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10285 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10286 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10287 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10288 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10291 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10292 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10293 return found_memory_cnt
;
10297 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10299 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10302 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10304 struct watch_options
10306 /* For -location. */
10307 bool location
= false;
10310 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10312 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10313 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10314 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10315 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10316 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10318 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10319 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10320 please, don't do that! */
10322 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10323 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10325 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10327 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10328 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10332 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10335 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10336 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10338 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10341 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10342 calls watch_command_1. */
10345 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10347 watch_options opts
;
10348 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10349 gdb::option::process_options
10350 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10351 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10354 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10357 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10359 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10360 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10361 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10363 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10364 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10365 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10368 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10369 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10373 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10375 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10379 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10381 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10385 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10387 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10391 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10393 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10397 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10399 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10403 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10404 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10407 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10409 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10412 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
10413 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
10414 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10416 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10417 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
10418 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10420 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
10424 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10425 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10426 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10429 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10430 until(location)/advance commands. */
10433 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10435 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
10436 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10437 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
10446 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10447 until(location)/advance commands. */
10450 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10452 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10453 breakpoints
.clear ();
10454 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10457 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10458 until(location)/advance commands. */
10460 enum async_reply_reason
10461 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10463 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10467 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10469 frame_info_ptr frame
;
10470 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10471 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10472 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10474 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10476 clear_proceed_status (0);
10478 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10481 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
10483 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10484 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10485 ? decode_line_1 (locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10486 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10487 get_last_displayed_line ())
10488 : decode_line_1 (locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10492 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10495 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10497 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10498 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
10500 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10501 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10502 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10505 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10506 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10507 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10508 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10510 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10513 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10515 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
10517 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10519 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10520 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
10522 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10523 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10524 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10526 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
10527 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
10528 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10529 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
10531 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, stack_frame_id
);
10532 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
10535 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10538 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
10539 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
10540 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
10541 very same frame. */
10542 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
10544 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
10546 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10548 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
10549 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10550 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10551 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
10555 (std::unique_ptr
<thread_fsm
>
10556 (new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
10557 std::move (breakpoints
))));
10560 lj_deleter
->release ();
10562 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
10567 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
10570 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
10572 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
10573 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
10575 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
10577 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
10580 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10584 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10587 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10590 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10594 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
10595 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
10596 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
10600 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
10601 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10602 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10604 sals
= decoded_sals
;
10608 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10609 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10610 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10611 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
10612 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
10613 error (_("No source file specified."));
10619 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10620 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10621 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10622 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10624 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10625 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10626 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10627 due to optimization, all in one block.
10629 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10630 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10631 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10632 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10633 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10634 to support that. */
10636 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10637 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10638 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10641 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
10642 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
10644 const char *sal_fullname
;
10646 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10647 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10648 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10651 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10656 1 0 <can't happen> */
10658 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
10659 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
10661 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10662 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10665 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10666 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
)
10667 && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10669 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
10671 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10672 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10673 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10675 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10676 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10677 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10678 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10679 int line_match
= 0;
10681 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10682 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
10683 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
10684 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10685 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
10686 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
10687 sal_fullname
) == 0)
10690 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10699 found
.push_back (b
);
10703 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10704 if (found
.empty ())
10707 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10709 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10712 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10713 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10714 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10716 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
10718 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10719 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10721 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
10725 if (found
.size () > 1)
10726 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10729 if (found
.size () == 1)
10730 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10732 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10735 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
10738 gdb_printf ("%d ", iter
->number
);
10739 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
10745 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10746 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10747 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10750 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat
*bs
)
10752 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10753 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10754 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10756 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10758 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
10759 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10760 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10763 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10764 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10765 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
10766 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
10767 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
10770 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
10772 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10773 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
10775 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
10776 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
10779 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
10780 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
10782 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10783 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
10784 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
10786 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
10787 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
10788 breakpoint_locations_match. */
10789 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
10792 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
10793 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
10794 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
10795 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
10798 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
10799 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
10800 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10802 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10803 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
10808 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
10809 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10810 content of the bp_locations array. */
10813 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
10815 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10816 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10818 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
10820 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10822 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10825 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10826 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10828 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10829 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10830 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10831 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10833 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10835 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10836 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10837 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10838 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10842 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10845 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10847 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
10849 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
10851 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
10853 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10854 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
10856 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
10857 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10858 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
10861 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
10863 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10864 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
10866 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
10869 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
10872 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
10874 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10875 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10876 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10877 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
10880 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
10882 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
10885 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
10887 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
10888 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
10889 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
10890 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
10894 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10897 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
10899 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
10900 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
10901 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
10902 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
10904 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10905 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
10906 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
10907 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
10908 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
10910 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
10911 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
10912 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
10913 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
10914 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
10915 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
10916 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
10917 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
10920 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
10921 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
10922 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
10926 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10928 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
10931 address
= bl
->address
;
10932 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
10934 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
10935 evaluating conditions and if the user has
10936 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
10938 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
10939 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
10942 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
10943 the same program space as the location
10944 as "its condition has changed". We need to
10945 update the conditions on the target's side. */
10946 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
10948 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
10949 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
10952 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
10953 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
10954 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
10955 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
10956 that have already been marked. */
10957 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
10959 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
10961 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
10965 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
10966 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
10967 locations are duplicate of which.
10969 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
10970 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
10974 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
10976 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
10977 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
10978 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
10979 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
10981 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10982 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10983 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10984 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10985 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10987 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10988 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10989 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10990 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10992 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
10993 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10994 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
10995 bp_locations
.clear ();
10997 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10998 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
10999 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11001 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11002 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11003 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11004 depends on location type. */
11005 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11006 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11007 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11009 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11010 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11012 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11014 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11015 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11016 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11017 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11018 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11021 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11022 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11025 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11027 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11028 not, we have to free it. */
11029 int found_object
= 0;
11030 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11031 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11034 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11035 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11036 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11037 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11040 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11041 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11042 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11045 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11046 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11047 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11049 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11050 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11051 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11053 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11054 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11057 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11061 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11062 have to go through updates again. */
11063 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11065 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11067 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11069 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11070 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11071 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11072 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11073 at certain location is not inserted. */
11075 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11077 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11080 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11082 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11083 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11084 keep_in_target
= 1;
11088 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11089 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11090 remove its target-side condition. */
11092 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11093 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11094 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11095 this one from the target. */
11097 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11098 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11100 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11101 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11102 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11105 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11107 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11110 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11112 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11113 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11114 supported, but the latter are. */
11115 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11117 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11118 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11121 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11122 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11124 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11126 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11127 keep_in_target
= 1;
11135 if (!keep_in_target
)
11137 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11139 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11140 this location on the global list, and try to
11141 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11142 reason why we will succeed next time.
11144 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11145 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11146 only after calling us. */
11147 gdb_printf (_("warning: Error removing "
11148 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11149 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11157 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11158 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11160 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11161 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11162 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11163 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11164 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11165 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11166 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11167 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11168 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11169 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11170 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11171 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11172 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11173 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11176 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11177 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11179 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11180 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11181 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11182 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11183 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11184 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11185 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11186 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11187 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11188 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11189 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11190 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11191 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11194 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11195 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11196 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11197 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11199 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11200 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11201 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11202 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11203 traps we can no longer explain. */
11205 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11206 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11207 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11209 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11212 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11213 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11214 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11216 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11217 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11219 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11223 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11224 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11229 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11230 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11231 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11232 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11233 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11234 are sorted first for the same address.
11236 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11237 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11239 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11240 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11241 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11242 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11244 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
11246 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11248 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11249 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
11251 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11252 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11253 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11254 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11255 `struct bp_location'. */
11256 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11258 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11259 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11263 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11264 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11265 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11266 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11267 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11268 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11270 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11272 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11273 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11274 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11276 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11277 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11279 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11281 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11282 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11283 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11289 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11290 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11291 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11293 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11294 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11296 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11297 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11300 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11302 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11303 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11306 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11307 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11308 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11309 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11310 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11312 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11316 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11317 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11321 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11323 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11325 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11326 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11328 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11329 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
11336 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11341 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
11343 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11348 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11351 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat
*bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11355 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11356 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11358 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11359 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11360 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11364 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11366 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11368 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
11370 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11374 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint->mention
11378 say_where (const breakpoint
*b
)
11380 struct value_print_options opts
;
11382 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11384 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11386 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
11388 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
11389 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
11390 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
11391 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
11393 gdb_printf (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->locspec
->to_string ());
11395 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
11397 gdb_printf (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
11398 b
->locspec
->to_string (),
11399 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11403 gdb_printf (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
11404 b
->locspec
->to_string (),
11405 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11410 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
11411 gdb_printf (" at %ps",
11412 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
11413 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11414 b
->loc
->address
)));
11415 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
11417 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11419 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
11421 const char *filename
11422 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
11423 gdb_printf (": file %ps, line %d.",
11424 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
11426 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11429 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11430 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11431 real situation somewhat. */
11432 gdb_printf (": %s.", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
11437 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11439 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11441 gdb_printf (" (%d locations)", n
);
11446 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11448 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations () const
11450 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
11453 struct bp_location
*
11454 breakpoint::allocate_location ()
11456 return new bp_location (this);
11459 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11460 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11463 breakpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11465 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11469 breakpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11470 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11472 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11476 breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11477 const address_space
*aspace
,
11479 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11481 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11485 breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11487 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11490 enum print_stop_action
11491 breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11493 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11497 breakpoint::print_mention () const
11499 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11503 breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11505 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11508 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11511 code_breakpoint::re_set ()
11513 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11514 if (breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (this))
11516 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
11517 delete_breakpoint (this);
11525 code_breakpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11527 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
11529 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
11530 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
11533 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11534 result
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11536 result
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11538 if (result
== 0 && bl
->probe
.prob
!= nullptr)
11540 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
11542 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
11549 code_breakpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11550 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11552 if (bl
->probe
.prob
!= nullptr)
11554 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
11555 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
11558 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11559 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11561 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
11565 code_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11566 const address_space
*aspace
,
11568 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11570 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11571 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11574 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11578 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11579 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11580 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
11587 dprintf_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11588 const address_space
*aspace
,
11590 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11592 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
11593 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
11595 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
11596 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
11597 be set at the same address. */
11601 return this->ordinary_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
11605 ordinary_breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11607 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
11612 enum print_stop_action
11613 ordinary_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11615 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
11617 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11619 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
11621 bp_temp
= disposition
== disp_del
;
11622 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
11623 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
11626 annotate_breakpoint (number
);
11627 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
11629 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11631 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
11632 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11633 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (disposition
));
11636 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
11637 signed_field ("bkptno", number
));
11639 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
11640 signed_field ("bkptno", number
));
11642 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11646 ordinary_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11648 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11653 case bp_breakpoint
:
11654 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11655 if (disposition
== disp_del
)
11656 gdb_printf (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11658 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint"));
11659 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
11660 if (type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
11661 gdb_printf (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11663 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11664 gdb_printf (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), number
);
11667 gdb_printf (_("Dprintf %d"), number
);
11675 ordinary_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11677 if (type
== bp_breakpoint
&& disposition
== disp_del
)
11678 gdb_printf (fp
, "tbreak");
11679 else if (type
== bp_breakpoint
)
11680 gdb_printf (fp
, "break");
11681 else if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
11682 && disposition
== disp_del
)
11683 gdb_printf (fp
, "thbreak");
11684 else if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11685 gdb_printf (fp
, "hbreak");
11687 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11688 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) type
);
11690 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", locspec
->to_string ());
11692 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
11693 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
11694 if (loc
== NULL
&& extra_string
!= NULL
)
11695 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", extra_string
.get ());
11697 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
11700 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11701 code_breakpoint::decode_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
11702 program_space
*search_pspace
)
11704 if (locspec
->type () == PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
11705 return bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec (this, locspec
, search_pspace
);
11707 struct linespec_result canonical
;
11709 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
11710 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
11713 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
11714 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
11716 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
11718 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
11719 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
11724 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11727 internal_breakpoint::re_set ()
11731 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11732 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11733 case bp_overlay_event
:
11734 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11735 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11736 case bp_exception_master
:
11737 delete_breakpoint (this);
11740 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11741 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11742 case bp_shlib_event
:
11744 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11745 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11746 case bp_thread_event
:
11752 internal_breakpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11754 if (type
== bp_shlib_event
)
11756 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11757 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11758 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11759 objects (among other things). */
11760 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
11761 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
11767 enum print_stop_action
11768 internal_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11772 case bp_shlib_event
:
11773 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11774 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11775 to shlib event" message.) */
11776 print_solib_event (false);
11779 case bp_thread_event
:
11780 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11781 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11782 gdb_printf (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11785 case bp_overlay_event
:
11786 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11787 gdb_printf (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11790 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11791 /* These should never be enabled. */
11792 gdb_printf (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11795 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11796 /* These should never be enabled. */
11797 gdb_printf (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11798 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11801 case bp_exception_master
:
11802 /* These should never be enabled. */
11803 gdb_printf (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11804 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11808 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
11812 internal_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11814 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11817 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11820 momentary_breakpoint::re_set ()
11822 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11823 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
11824 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11825 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11829 momentary_breakpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11831 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11834 enum print_stop_action
11835 momentary_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11837 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11841 momentary_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11843 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11846 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
11848 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
11849 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
11851 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
11853 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
11856 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11860 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
11861 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
11864 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
11866 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (locspec
, NULL
, canonical
);
11867 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (canonical
->locspec
->to_string ());
11868 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
11871 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11872 bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11873 location_spec
*locspec
,
11874 program_space
*search_pspace
)
11876 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11877 = parse_probes (locspec
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
11879 error (_("probe not found"));
11884 tracepoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11885 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11886 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11888 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11894 tracepoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
11896 if (!static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
11898 gdb_assert (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
11899 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
);
11901 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
11902 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11903 static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
11908 tracepoint::print_mention () const
11910 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11915 case bp_tracepoint
:
11916 gdb_printf (_("Tracepoint"));
11917 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
11919 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11920 gdb_printf (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11921 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
11923 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11924 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
11925 gdb_printf (_("Static tracepoint"));
11926 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
11929 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11930 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) type
);
11937 tracepoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11939 if (type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
11940 gdb_printf (fp
, "ftrace");
11941 else if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
11942 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
11943 gdb_printf (fp
, "strace");
11944 else if (type
== bp_tracepoint
)
11945 gdb_printf (fp
, "trace");
11947 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11948 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) type
);
11950 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", locspec
->to_string ());
11951 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
11954 gdb_printf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", pass_count
);
11957 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
11960 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
11961 (location_spec
*locspec
,
11962 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
11964 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
11965 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec (locspec
, canonical
);
11969 dprintf_breakpoint::re_set ()
11973 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
11974 gdb_assert (extra_string
!= NULL
);
11976 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
11977 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
11978 3 - disconnect from target 1
11979 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
11981 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
11982 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
11983 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
11984 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
11985 it all the time. */
11986 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
11987 update_dprintf_command_list (this);
11990 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for dprintf. */
11993 dprintf_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11995 gdb_printf (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s", locspec
->to_string (), extra_string
.get ());
11996 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
11999 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" method for dprintf.
12001 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12002 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12003 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12004 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12005 address are all handled. */
12008 dprintf_breakpoint::after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
12010 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12011 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12012 condition not be evaluated. */
12015 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12016 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12017 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12018 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12019 commands here throws. */
12020 counted_command_line cmds
= std::move (bs
->commands
);
12021 gdb_assert (cmds
!= nullptr);
12022 execute_control_commands (cmds
.get (), 0);
12025 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12029 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12030 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12032 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12033 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12035 arg
= arg_start
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
12036 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12038 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12039 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12041 = new_linespec_location_spec (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12043 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (canonical
->locspec
->to_string ());
12044 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12048 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12049 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12050 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12051 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12052 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12053 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12055 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12056 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12057 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12059 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12061 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12062 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12063 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12064 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12065 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12066 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12068 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12070 location_spec_up locspec
= canonical
->locspec
->clone ();
12072 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp
12073 (new tracepoint (gdbarch
,
12076 std::move (locspec
),
12078 std::move (cond_string
),
12079 std::move (extra_string
),
12081 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
12082 from_tty
, enabled
, flags
,
12083 canonical
->special_display
));
12085 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12086 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12087 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12088 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12089 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12090 corresponds to this one */
12091 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12093 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12097 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12098 static_marker_tracepoint::decode_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12099 program_space
*search_pspace
)
12101 const char *s
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
12103 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12104 if (sals
.size () > static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12106 sals
[0] = sals
[static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12111 error (_("marker %s not found"), static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12114 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
12115 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
=
12117 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
12118 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12122 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12124 return b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
;
12127 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12131 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12133 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12135 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12136 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12139 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12140 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12141 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12142 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12143 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12146 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12147 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12148 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12149 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12151 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12154 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12155 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12156 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12158 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12159 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12161 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12162 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12163 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12164 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12168 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12170 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12171 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12172 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12173 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12174 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12177 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12178 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12179 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12180 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12182 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
12184 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12185 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12187 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12188 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12190 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12194 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12196 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12197 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12198 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12199 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12200 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12201 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12202 commands won't work. */
12204 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12206 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12207 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12208 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12209 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12210 might be better design to have location completely
12211 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12212 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
12214 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12215 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12216 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12220 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12221 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12224 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12225 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12227 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12232 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12234 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12235 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12237 if (next
== related
)
12239 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12240 function (related
);
12242 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12243 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12248 function (related
);
12252 while (related
!= b
);
12256 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12262 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12264 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12265 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12266 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12267 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12268 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12270 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12274 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12276 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12277 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12278 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12279 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12282 map_breakpoint_numbers
12283 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
12285 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
12289 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
12290 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
12294 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12296 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12297 if ((pspace
== NULL
12298 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
12299 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
12300 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12305 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12306 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12307 Null names are ignored. */
12310 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12312 struct bp_location
*l
;
12313 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
12316 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12319 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
12321 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12325 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
12327 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12337 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12338 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12339 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12340 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12341 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12342 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12343 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12344 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12347 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12348 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12349 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12350 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12351 in the sources, and output a warning.
12353 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12354 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12355 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12356 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12357 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12360 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12361 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12362 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12363 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12364 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12365 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12366 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12367 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12368 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12370 static struct symtab_and_line
12371 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12373 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12374 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12379 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12381 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12383 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
12384 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12385 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
12386 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
12388 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
12393 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12395 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12397 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12398 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12400 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
12401 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
12402 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12404 if (!markers
.empty ())
12406 struct symbol
*sym
;
12407 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12408 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12410 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
12412 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12414 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12415 "found at previous line number"),
12416 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12418 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12419 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12420 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
12423 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
12424 function_name_style
.style ());
12425 uiout
->text (" at ");
12427 uiout
->field_string ("file",
12428 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
12429 file_name_style
.style ());
12432 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12434 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
12436 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
12439 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
12440 uiout
->text ("\n");
12442 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
12443 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
12445 std::unique_ptr
<explicit_location_spec
> els
12446 (new explicit_location_spec ());
12447 els
->source_filename
12448 = xstrdup (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
12449 els
->line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
12450 els
->line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
12452 b
->locspec
= std::move (els
);
12454 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12461 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12462 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12465 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
12469 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12472 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
12475 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
12478 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
12485 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
12491 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
12492 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
12493 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
12495 static struct bp_location
*
12496 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12498 struct bp_location head
;
12499 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
12500 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
12501 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
12503 if (pspace
== NULL
)
12514 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
12529 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
12530 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
12531 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
12532 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
12536 update_breakpoint_locations (code_breakpoint
*b
,
12537 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
12538 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
12539 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
12541 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
12543 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
12545 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12547 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12548 gdb_printf (gdb_stderr
,
12549 _("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12550 "multiple locations found\n"),
12555 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12556 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12557 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12558 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12559 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12560 individual locations. */
12561 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
12564 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
12566 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
12568 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
12570 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
12572 new_loc
= b
->add_location (sal
);
12574 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12576 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
12580 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
12583 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
12584 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
12587 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12589 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
12593 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
12595 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
12597 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
12601 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12604 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
12605 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12606 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12607 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12608 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12609 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12610 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
12612 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12614 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
12616 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
12618 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
12620 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
12621 this point, because with "set breakpoint
12622 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
12623 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
12624 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
12625 practice should give the correct answer often
12627 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
12629 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
12630 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
12637 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
12638 if (l
->function_name
12639 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
12640 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
12642 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
12643 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
12651 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
12652 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
12655 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCSPEC.
12656 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12658 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12659 code_breakpoint::location_spec_to_sals (location_spec
*locspec
,
12660 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12663 struct gdb_exception exception
;
12665 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
12669 sals
= decode_location_spec (locspec
, search_pspace
);
12671 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12673 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
12675 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12676 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12677 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12678 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12679 state, then user already saw the message about that
12680 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12682 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12683 && (condition_not_parsed
12685 && search_pspace
!= NULL
12686 && loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
12687 || (loc
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
12688 || (loc
&& loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12689 || enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
12690 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
12692 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
12694 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12695 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12696 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12697 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12698 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12699 which approach is better. */
12700 enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12704 exception
= std::move (e
);
12707 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
12709 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
12710 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
12711 if (condition_not_parsed
&& extra_string
!= NULL
)
12713 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> local_cond
, local_extra
;
12714 int local_thread
, local_task
;
12716 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, extra_string
.get (),
12717 &local_cond
, &local_thread
,
12718 &local_task
, &local_extra
);
12719 gdb_assert (cond_string
== nullptr);
12720 if (local_cond
!= nullptr)
12721 cond_string
= std::move (local_cond
);
12722 thread
= local_thread
;
12724 if (local_extra
!= nullptr)
12725 extra_string
= std::move (local_extra
);
12726 condition_not_parsed
= 0;
12729 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12730 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (this, sals
[0]);
12740 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12741 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12745 code_breakpoint::re_set_default ()
12747 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
12748 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
12751 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_spec_to_sals (locspec
.get (),
12755 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
12757 if (locspec_range_end
!= nullptr)
12759 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
12760 = location_spec_to_sals (locspec_range_end
.get (),
12761 filter_pspace
, &found
);
12763 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
12766 update_breakpoint_locations (this, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
12769 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12770 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12773 create_sals_from_location_spec_default (location_spec
*locspec
,
12774 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12776 parse_breakpoint_sals (locspec
, canonical
);
12779 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
12782 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
12784 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
12785 set_language (b
->language
);
12790 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
12791 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
12794 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12797 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
12798 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
12799 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12801 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
12802 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
12803 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
12804 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
12805 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
12806 we select the current frame.
12808 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
12809 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
12810 have been reset. */
12811 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
12812 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
12814 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
12815 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
12816 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
12817 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
12819 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12823 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
12825 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
12827 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
12828 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12833 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12836 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12837 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12838 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12839 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12841 /* Now we can insert. */
12842 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
12845 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12847 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12848 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12850 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12852 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
12854 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
12856 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12857 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12858 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12860 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
12864 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12865 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12866 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12869 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12874 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12875 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
12877 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
12879 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
12880 gdb_printf (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12885 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
12889 gdb_printf (_("Will stop next time "
12890 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12892 else if (count
== 1)
12893 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12896 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next %d "
12897 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12900 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
12904 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
12907 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12910 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
12912 const char *p
= args
;
12916 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12918 num
= get_number (&p
);
12920 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
12922 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12924 set_ignore_count (num
,
12925 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
12932 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
12933 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
12936 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
12937 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12939 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
12941 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
12942 bp_num_range
.first
);
12946 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
12948 bool match
= false;
12950 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12951 if (b
->number
== i
)
12958 gdb_printf (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
12963 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
12967 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
12968 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12970 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12971 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12973 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
12975 while (!parser
.finished ())
12977 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
12978 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
12982 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
12983 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
12985 static struct bp_location
*
12986 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
12988 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
12990 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
12991 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
12994 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
12997 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12998 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13001 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13004 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13005 enum class extract_bp_kind
13007 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13010 /* Extracting a location number. */
13014 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13015 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13016 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13017 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13018 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13021 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13022 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13024 const char *end
= start
;
13025 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13027 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13028 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13029 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13030 int (end
- start
), start
);
13032 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13033 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13034 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13035 int (end
- start
), start
);
13037 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13042 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13043 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13044 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13045 are always positive integers. */
13047 static std::pair
<int, int>
13048 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
13049 const std::string
&arg
,
13050 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
13052 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
13053 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
13054 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
13055 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
13057 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
13058 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
13059 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13060 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
13061 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
13065 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
13066 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
13067 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
13068 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
13070 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
13071 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13072 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
13073 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
13074 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
13078 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
13079 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
13080 range
.second
= range
.first
;
13085 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
13086 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
13089 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
13091 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
13092 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
13093 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
13094 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
13095 location number range.
13099 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
13100 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
13101 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
13103 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
13105 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
13107 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
13109 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
13110 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
13113 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
13114 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
13116 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
13121 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
13123 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
13124 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
13125 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
13129 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
13130 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13133 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
13135 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
13138 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13139 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13140 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
13142 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13144 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13145 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13147 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13148 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13149 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13150 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13152 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13154 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13157 /* Calculates LOC_NUM for LOC by traversing the bp_location chain of LOC's
13158 owner. 1-based indexing. -1 signals NOT FOUND. */
13161 find_loc_num_by_location (const bp_location
*loc
)
13163 if (loc
!= nullptr && loc
->owner
!= nullptr)
13165 /* Locations use 1-based indexing. */
13167 for (bp_location
*it
: loc
->owner
->locations ())
13177 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location LOC. ENABLE
13178 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13181 enable_disable_bp_location (bp_location
*loc
, bool enable
)
13183 if (loc
== nullptr)
13184 error (_("Breakpoint location is invalid."));
13186 if (loc
->owner
== nullptr)
13187 error (_("Breakpoint location does not have an owner breakpoint."));
13189 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13191 int loc_num
= find_loc_num_by_location (loc
);
13193 error (_("Breakpoint location LOC_NUM could not be found."));
13195 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13196 "cannot enable."), loc
->owner
->number
, loc_num
);
13199 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13201 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13202 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13205 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13206 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13207 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13208 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13210 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13211 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13214 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
13215 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
13216 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
13217 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
13221 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
13222 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
13225 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
13226 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
13229 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13230 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13231 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13234 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13236 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13237 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13238 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13239 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13242 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13244 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13245 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13247 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13248 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13250 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13251 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13254 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13256 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13259 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
13260 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
13261 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
13262 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
13265 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
13269 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13270 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13273 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13275 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13280 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13282 while (!num
.empty ())
13284 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
13286 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
13288 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
13289 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
13291 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
13292 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
13294 ? enable_breakpoint
13295 : disable_breakpoint
);
13299 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
13301 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
13302 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
13304 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13309 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
13310 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
13311 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
13312 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13315 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13317 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
13321 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13324 int target_resources_ok
;
13326 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13329 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13330 target_resources_ok
=
13331 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13333 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13334 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13335 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13336 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13339 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13341 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13342 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13346 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13348 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13349 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13350 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
13352 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
13354 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13355 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13361 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13363 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13364 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13366 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13367 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13369 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13370 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13373 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13374 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13375 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13377 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13382 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13384 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13387 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
13388 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
13389 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
13390 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13393 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13395 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
13399 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13401 map_breakpoint_numbers
13402 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13404 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13405 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13407 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
13413 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13418 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
13420 count
= get_number (&args
);
13422 map_breakpoint_numbers
13423 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13425 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13426 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13428 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
13434 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13436 map_breakpoint_numbers
13437 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13439 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13440 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13442 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
13447 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13448 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13452 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
13453 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
13454 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13456 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
13457 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13458 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13460 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13462 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
13464 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13465 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13466 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13467 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13470 wp
->val_valid
= false;
13476 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13479 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13480 const address_space
*aspace
,
13483 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
13484 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
13485 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
13487 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
13489 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
13490 (new momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
13491 current_program_space
,
13495 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
13496 = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
13499 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
13501 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
13502 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
13505 = static_cast<momentary_breakpoint
*> (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
);
13506 ss_bp
->add_location (sal
);
13508 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
13511 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
13514 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
13516 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
13517 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
13519 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
13521 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
13523 frame_info_ptr frame
= get_current_frame ();
13524 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
13526 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
13527 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
13535 /* See breakpoint.h. */
13538 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
13539 const address_space
*aspace
,
13542 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13544 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
13550 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13554 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
13557 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13559 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
13560 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
13566 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13568 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13570 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
13572 tracepoint_count
= num
;
13573 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
13577 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13579 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
,
13581 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec
13582 (locspec
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
13584 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13586 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13588 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13589 0 /* Ignore count */,
13590 pending_break_support
,
13594 0 /* internal */, 0);
13598 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13600 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
,
13602 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13604 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13606 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13607 0 /* Ignore count */,
13608 pending_break_support
,
13609 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
13612 0 /* internal */, 0);
13615 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13618 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13620 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13621 location_spec_up locspec
;
13624 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13625 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13626 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
13628 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13629 locspec
= new_linespec_location_spec (&arg
,
13630 symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13631 type
= bp_static_marker_tracepoint
;
13635 ops
= &code_breakpoint_ops
;
13636 locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
13637 type
= bp_static_tracepoint
;
13640 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13642 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13644 type
/* type_wanted */,
13645 0 /* Ignore count */,
13646 pending_break_support
,
13650 0 /* internal */, 0);
13653 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13654 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13656 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
13657 static int next_cmd
;
13660 read_uploaded_action (void)
13662 char *rslt
= nullptr;
13664 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
13666 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
13673 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13674 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13675 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13676 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13677 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13679 struct tracepoint
*
13680 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
13682 const char *addr_str
;
13683 char small_buf
[100];
13684 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13686 if (utp
->at_string
)
13687 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
13690 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13691 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13692 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13694 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13695 "source location, using raw address"),
13697 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
13698 addr_str
= small_buf
;
13701 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13702 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
13703 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13704 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13707 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&addr_str
,
13709 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13711 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
13712 false /* force_condition */,
13713 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13715 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
13716 0 /* Ignore count */,
13717 pending_break_support
,
13718 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
13720 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
13722 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
13725 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13726 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
13727 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
13731 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
13734 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
13737 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13738 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13739 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13741 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
13743 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
13748 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
13750 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
13752 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
13753 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
13754 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13755 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13758 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13759 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
13760 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
13765 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13769 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13771 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13774 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
13776 if (num_printed
== 0)
13778 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13779 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
13781 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
13784 default_collect_info ();
13787 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13788 Not supported by all targets. */
13790 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13792 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13795 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13796 Not supported by all targets. */
13798 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13800 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13803 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13805 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13811 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13813 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13814 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13815 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13817 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
13818 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13820 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13824 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13826 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13828 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13829 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13830 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13834 map_breakpoint_numbers
13835 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13837 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13841 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13844 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13846 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
13847 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
13849 gdb_printf (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13850 tp
->number
, count
);
13853 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13855 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13856 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13857 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13860 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13862 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
13865 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
13866 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13867 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13869 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13871 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
13872 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
13874 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13876 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13878 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
13880 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13881 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13884 else if (*args
== '\0')
13886 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
13888 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13892 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13893 while (!parser
.finished ())
13895 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
13897 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13902 struct tracepoint
*
13903 get_tracepoint (int num
)
13905 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
13906 if (t
->number
== num
)
13907 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13912 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13913 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13916 struct tracepoint
*
13917 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
13919 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
13921 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13923 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
13930 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13931 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13932 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
13933 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13935 struct tracepoint
*
13936 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
13937 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
13940 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
13942 if (parser
!= NULL
)
13944 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
13945 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
13947 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
13948 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
13950 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
13954 if (instring
&& *instring
)
13955 gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13958 gdb_printf (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
13962 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
13963 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
13964 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
13966 gdb_printf ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
13971 breakpoint::print_recreate_thread (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
13974 gdb_printf (fp
, " thread %d", thread
);
13977 gdb_printf (fp
, " task %d", task
);
13979 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
13982 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13983 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13984 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13988 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
13989 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
13992 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
13994 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
13995 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13997 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13998 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14000 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14001 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14004 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14005 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14010 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14012 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14014 /* We can stop searching. */
14021 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14025 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14029 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14030 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14031 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14033 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14034 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14036 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14038 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14039 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14042 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14043 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14046 tp
->print_recreate (&fp
);
14048 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14049 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14052 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14053 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
14055 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14056 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14058 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14060 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14062 ui_out_redirect_pop
redir (current_uiout
, &fp
);
14063 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14065 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14068 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14069 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14071 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14072 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14073 special, and not user visible. */
14074 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14078 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
14081 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14088 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
14089 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
14092 gdb_printf (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
14095 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14098 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14100 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14103 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14106 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14108 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14112 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
14113 locations used by several commands. */
14115 #define LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING \
14116 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
14117 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
14118 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14119 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
14120 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
14122 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
14123 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
14124 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
14126 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
14127 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
14128 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14129 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
14130 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
14132 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
14133 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
14134 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
14135 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
14136 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
14137 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
14139 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14140 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14141 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14144 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14145 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
14146 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
14147 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
14148 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
14149 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
14150 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
14151 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
14154 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14155 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14157 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14158 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14160 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
14161 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
14162 \n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
14163 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14164 conditions are different.\n\
14166 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14168 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14169 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14171 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14172 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14175 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
14176 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
14177 completer_ftype
*completer
,
14178 void *user_data_catch
,
14179 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14181 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14183 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14185 command
->func
= func
;
14186 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
14187 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14189 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14191 command
->func
= func
;
14192 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
14193 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14196 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14197 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14200 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14202 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14203 non-inline function. */
14204 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
14210 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14211 have been inlined. */
14214 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14215 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
14217 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
14219 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14222 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
14224 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14225 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14233 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
14236 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14238 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
14239 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile () == objfile
)
14240 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
14243 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
14245 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
14247 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14249 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
14251 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
14253 _initialize_breakpoint ()
14255 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
14257 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
14259 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
14261 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
14264 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
14265 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14266 before a breakpoint is set. */
14267 breakpoint_count
= 0;
14269 tracepoint_count
= 0;
14271 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
14272 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14273 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14275 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
14276 commands_command
, _("\
14277 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
14278 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14279 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
14281 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14282 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14283 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14284 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14285 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14287 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
14288 static std::string condition_command_help
14289 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14290 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14291 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
14292 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
14295 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
14297 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
14298 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
14299 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
14301 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
14302 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14303 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14304 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14305 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14307 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14308 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14310 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
14311 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14312 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14313 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14315 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14316 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14318 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
14319 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14320 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14321 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14323 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14324 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14326 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
14327 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14328 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14329 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14330 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14331 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14332 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14333 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14334 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14336 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14338 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14339 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14340 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14341 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14342 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14343 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
14344 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
14346 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14347 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14348 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14349 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14352 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14353 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14354 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14355 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14358 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14359 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14360 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14361 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14362 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14365 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14366 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14367 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14368 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14371 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14372 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14373 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14374 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14377 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14378 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14379 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14380 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14381 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14384 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
14385 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14386 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14387 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14388 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14389 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14390 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14391 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14392 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14393 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14395 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14396 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14397 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14398 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14399 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14400 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14401 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14404 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
14405 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14406 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
14407 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14408 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14409 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14411 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
14412 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14413 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14414 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14416 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14417 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14418 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14419 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14420 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14421 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14424 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
14425 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
14426 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
14427 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
14429 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14430 is executing in.\n"
14431 "\n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
14432 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14433 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14435 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
14436 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
14437 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
14438 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14439 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
14441 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14442 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14443 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14444 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14446 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
14447 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14448 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14449 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14450 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14451 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14452 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14453 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14454 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14455 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14457 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14458 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14459 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14460 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14461 breakpoint set."));
14463 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
14465 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
14466 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14467 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14468 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14469 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14470 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14471 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14472 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14473 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14474 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14475 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14476 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14477 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14479 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14480 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14481 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14482 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14484 &maintenanceinfolist
);
14486 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
14487 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14489 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14491 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
14492 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14494 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14496 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
14498 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14499 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14500 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14505 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14506 an expression changes."), opts
);
14507 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
14508 watch_help
.c_str ());
14509 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14511 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14512 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14513 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14518 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14519 an expression is read."), opts
);
14520 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
14521 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
14522 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14524 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14525 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14526 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14531 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
14532 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
14533 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
14534 awatch_help
.c_str ());
14535 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14537 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
14538 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14540 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14541 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14542 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
14543 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
14544 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14545 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14546 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14547 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14548 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14551 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
14552 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14554 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
14556 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14558 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
14559 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
14560 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
14562 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14563 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14564 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
14566 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
14567 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14568 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14569 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14571 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
14572 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
14574 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14575 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14576 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14578 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
14579 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
14581 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14582 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
14583 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
14584 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
14585 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
14586 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14587 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14588 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14589 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14591 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14592 \n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
14593 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14594 conditions are different.\n\
14596 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14597 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14598 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14600 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
14601 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14602 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14603 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14604 last tracepoint set."));
14606 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
14608 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
14609 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
14610 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14611 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14612 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14614 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
14616 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
14617 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14618 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14619 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14621 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
14623 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
14624 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14625 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14626 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14628 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
14630 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
14631 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14632 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14633 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14634 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14636 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
14637 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14639 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14641 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14642 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14643 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14644 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14645 session to restore them."),
14647 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14649 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
14650 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14651 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14652 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14654 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
14656 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
14657 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
14659 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
14661 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
14662 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14663 pending breakpoint behavior."),
14665 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
14666 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14667 pending breakpoint behavior."),
14668 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
14669 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14671 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
14672 &pending_break_support
, _("\
14673 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14674 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14675 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14676 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14677 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14678 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14680 show_pending_break_support
,
14681 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14682 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14684 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
14686 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
14687 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
14688 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14689 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14690 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14691 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14692 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14694 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
14695 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14696 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14698 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
14699 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
14700 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14701 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14702 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
14703 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
14704 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
14705 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
14706 when execution stops."),
14708 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
14709 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14710 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14712 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
14713 condition_evaluation_enums
,
14714 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
14715 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
14716 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
14717 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
14718 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
14719 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
14720 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
14721 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
14722 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
14723 be set to \"host\"."),
14724 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
14725 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
14726 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14727 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14729 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
14730 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14731 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14732 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14733 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14734 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14735 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14736 or the start of the range\n\
14737 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14738 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14739 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14741 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14742 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14743 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14745 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
14746 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
14747 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
14748 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
14749 "\n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
));
14750 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14752 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
14753 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
14754 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
14755 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
14756 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
14757 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
14758 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
14759 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
14760 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
14761 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
14762 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14763 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14765 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
14766 &dprintf_function
, _("\
14767 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
14768 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
14769 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14770 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14772 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
14773 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
14774 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
14775 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
14776 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14777 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14779 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
14780 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
14781 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
14782 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
14783 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
14784 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
14787 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14789 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
14790 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
14791 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
14792 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
14793 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
14795 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
14797 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
14799 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,